<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <title><![CDATA[Blog]]></title>
    <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/</link>
    <description><![CDATA[Blog]]></description>
    <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2026 00:05:06 +0000</pubDate>
    <generator>Zend_Feed</generator>
    <docs>http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss</docs>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[What are the benefits of training on a spinning bike?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_what_are_the_benefits_of_training_on_a_spinning_bike_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's world, <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">fitness</span></a> has become an integral part of our lives. There are many ways to stay in shape, and one of the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">popular fitness devices</span></a> that is getting more and more attention is <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">spinners</span></a>.</span> <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Spinners</span></a> are very effective trainers, but how do they differ from classic exercise bikes and what are their specific advantages?</p>
<br>
<h1>What makes them special?</h1>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Spinners</span></a> are special types of exercise bikes designed for intense <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">cardio exercises</span></a>. Here are some key features of the spinner:</p>
<br>
<h3><strong>Permanent resistance</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Spinners</span></a> usually have a simple design with only one point of resistance, which can be adjusted. This means you can easily increase or decrease the resistance according to your fitness goals.</p>
<br>
<h3><br /><strong>Multipurpose</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Spinners</span></a> are versatile because you can do different types of exercises, including standing or sitting while riding. This allows you to target different muscle groups.</p>
<br>
<h3><br /><strong>Intense cardio exercises</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Spinners</span></a> are a great choice for intense cardio exercises. A fast ride on a spinner can get your heart rate up, burn calories, and improve endurance.</p>
<br>
<h1>Health benefits</h1>
<br>
<h3><strong>Calorie burning</strong></h3>
<p>One of the biggest advantages of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">spinners</span></a> is the ability to burn a large number of calories in a relatively short period of time. Intense exercise on the spinner can help you speed up the weight loss process.</p>
<br>
<h3><br /><strong>Improved durability</strong></h3>
<p>Regular exercise on the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">spinner</span></a> can increase your endurance and fitness. This will allow you to feel more energetic during the day.</p>
<br>
<h3><br /><strong>Low impact on the joints</strong></h3>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Spinners</span></a> are low-resistance, which means they don't stress the joints and back like some other types of exercise, like running or jumping, do. This makes them an excellent choice for people with injuries or sensitive joints.</p>
<br>
<h1>Differences between spinners and exercise bikes</h1>
<br>
<p>Now that we've talked about the benefits of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">spinners</span></a>, let's compare these machines to classic exercise bikes.</p>
<br>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Exercise bikes</span></a> usually have several levels of resistance and can also have an electrically assisted mode, while spinners are focused on simple but intense training with fewer levels of resistance.</li>
<li>On exercise bikes, most people sit and ride, while on spinners you can switch between sitting and standing.</li>
<li>Spinners enable the engagement of multiple muscle groups, including the muscles of the legs, abdomen, back and arms, while exercise bikes focus on the legs.</li>
<li>Spinners are usually more intense and require more effort than exercise bikes, making them a great choice for those looking for a challenge.</li>
</ul>
<br>
<p><br />Finally, the choice between <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-eagle811-spinning-bike-black.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">spinners</span></a> and <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">exercise bikes</span></a> will depend on your goals, preferences and physical condition. If you want an intense cardio workout that engages multiple muscle groups, spinners can be the perfect choice.</p>
<br>
<p>Don't forget that the most important thing is to find an exercise that suits you and that you enjoy doing, because it will motivate you to stay active and take care of your health.</p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 290px; top: 852.812px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2023 12:08:22 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Battery technology on e-bikes: What you need to know]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_battery_technology_on_e_bikes_what_you_need_to_know_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Electric bicycles</span></a>, often known as e-bikes, have gained immense popularity in recent years as a sustainable and efficient mode of transportation. At the heart of every e-bike is the battery, a key component that determines range, performance and overall usability. In this blog, we will explore the world of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> battery technology in more detail to help you better understand what you need to know when choosing and maintaining an electric bike.</p>
<br>
<h2><br /><strong>Types of batteries on e-bikes</strong></h2>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">E-bike</span></a> batteries come in several different types, the two most common being lithium-ion (Li-ion) and lithium-polymer (LiPo) batteries. Let's take a closer look at each of them:</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Lithium-ion (Li-ion) batteries:</strong> These are the most common types of batteries on e-bikes due to their high energy density, long life and relatively light weight. Li-ion batteries are known for their stable performance and are widely used in various industries.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Lithium Polymer (LiPo) Batteries:</strong> LiPo batteries are lighter and more compact than Li-ion batteries, making them a popular choice for sleek and lightweight e-bike designs. However, they tend to be less durable and have a shorter lifespan.</p>
<br>
<h2><br /><strong>Capacity and range</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>The capacity of an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> battery is measured in watt-hours (Wh) or ampere-hours (Ah). The higher the capacity, the more energy the battery can store, resulting in a longer driving range. When choosing an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a>, consider the purpose and how often you plan to travel. A larger battery capacity is important for long drives or off-the-beaten-path rides.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Charging and maintenance</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Proper battery maintenance is critical to the longevity and performance of your <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike.</span></a></p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Here are some important tips:</strong></p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Charging:</strong> Always use the charger supplied by the manufacturer to charge the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> battery. Overcharging or using the wrong charger can damage the battery.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Storage:</strong> If you are not going to use your <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> for a long time, store the battery in a cool and dry place, ideally with a charge level between 30% and 60%. Avoid leaving the battery fully charged or fully discharged for long periods of time.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Extreme temperatures:</strong> Batteries work best in moderate temperatures. Avoid exposing your <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> to extreme heat or cold as this can affect battery performance.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Regular use:</strong> Regular use of your <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> is recommended to maintain battery health. Lithium-ion batteries are especially used in cycles (partial discharge and then charge).</p>
<br>
<h2><br /><strong>Battery life and replacement</strong></h2>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">E-bike</span></a> batteries are not immortal and their efficiency will decrease over time. The average life of a well-maintained battery can be from 2 to 5 years, depending on the use and quality of the battery. When you notice that your battery's range is decreasing significantly, it may be time to consider replacing it. Fortunately, most <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> manufacturers offer replacement batteries that are compatible with their models.</p>
<br>
<p><br />Understanding <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span> </a>battery technology is key to making an informed choice when purchasing an electric bike. Consider the type of battery, its capacity, and your maintenance habits to ensure you get the most out of your e-bike battery.</p>
<br>
<p><br />With proper maintenance, your <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> battery can provide you with years of eco-friendly and efficient riding pleasure, making it a worthwhile investment for both everyday riding and recreational cycling.</p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 194px; top: 904.5px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Oct 2023 10:52:23 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Exercising on an exercise bike as an alternative to outdoor riding]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_exercising_on_an_exercise_bike_as_an_alternative_to_outdoor_riding_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's busy world, finding time for physical activity can be a challenge. Cycling outdoors is a great way to stay active and enjoy nature, but sometimes weather conditions, crowds or lack of time can be a hindrance. In such situations, riding an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">exercise bike</span></a> becomes a great alternative. In this blog we will explore the pros and cons of indoor cycling compared to outdoor cycling.</p>
<br>
<h3><br /><strong>Training regardless of weather conditions</strong></h3>
<br>
<p>One of the biggest challenges of outdoor cycling is the changeable weather. Rain, snow, extreme heat or cold can prevent you from getting out and riding. <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Exercise bikes</span></a> remove this obstacle. Regardless of the weather conditions outside, you can sit comfortably on your exercise bike and ride whenever you want.</p>
<br>
<h3><strong>Travel time saved</strong></h3>
<br>
<p>Outdoor riding often requires traveling on suitable trails or bike paths. This can mean wasting valuable time traveling to the ride location. With an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">exercise bike</span></a>, the ride starts immediately.</p>
<br>
<h3><strong>Security and control</strong></h3>
<br>
<p>Safety is an important factor when it comes to outdoor cycling. Traffic, intersections and the risk of injury can be a problem. With an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">exercise bike</span></a>, you have complete control over your environment.</p>
<br>
<h3><strong>Adaptive training</strong></h3>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Exercise bikes</span></a> often come with many exercise programs and resistance adjustment options. This allows you to create a workout that suits your goals, whether you want to increase fitness, lose weight or improve leg strength. You can also track your progress through built-in monitors and apps.</p>
<br>
<h3><strong>Comfort and fun</strong></h3>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Exercise bikes</span></a> are comfortable, and many of them come with extras like ergonomic seats and built-in speakers. This allows you to exercise in a comfortable environment and even entertain yourself with your favorite music or movies while you train.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Indoor cycling</span></a> is a great alternative to riding outdoors, especially when weather conditions are unfavorable or you have limited time. Safety, customizable workouts and comfort make it a popular choice for many people. Of course, this doesn't mean you should give up riding outdoors entirely, but indoor bikes provide an excellent option for maintaining fitness and an active lifestyle all year round.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Try it and feel the difference!</strong></p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: -11px; top: 586.312px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Sep 2023 11:28:49 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How can cycling improve your mental health?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_how_can_cycling_improve_your_mental_health_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling</span></a> is not only a great way to stay physically active, but it can also have a huge impact on your mental health. Cycling is more than just exercise - it's therapy for the mind. In this blog, we will explore how <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">cycling</span></a> can positively affect your mental health and how you can make it a part of your everyday life.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>It relieves stress and anxiety</strong></p>
<br>
<p>One of the most important mental health benefits of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">cycling</span></a> is its ability to reduce stress and anxiety. Cycling allows you to get rid of everyday stress and tension. When you ride through nature or quiet bike paths, you can completely relax and focus on the moment. This meditative component of cycling helps you let go of worries and anxiety, giving you a sense of serenity.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Improves mood</strong></p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling</span></a> can stimulate the release of endorphins, natural chemicals in the brain that improve mood and reduce feelings of sadness. After cycling, many people feel happier and more relaxed. This effect is especially beneficial for those struggling with depression or seasonal affective disorder.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Increases self-confidence</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Achieving goals while <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">cycling</span></a>, such as covering a longer distance or tackling a challenging climb, can greatly boost your confidence. The sense of accomplishment you get can help you cope with everyday challenges and stress.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Improves sleep</strong></p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Regular cycling</span></a> can improve the quality of your sleep. Being active during the day helps you sleep better at night. Sleep is key to maintaining good mental health, so cycling is a great way to improve your sleep.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><strong>Social interaction</strong></p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling</span></a> often involves socializing with other cyclists. Group rides and cycling clubs allow you to build a social network, talk to like-minded people and share experiences. This social interaction can be extremely beneficial for your mental health, especially if you feel lonely or isolated.</p>
<br>
<p><br /><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling</span></a> is much more than physical exercise; it is therapy for the body and mind. Its ability to reduce stress, improve mood, boost self-confidence, improve sleep and encourage social interaction makes it an extremely useful tool for maintaining and improving your mental health. So, the next time you feel the need to refresh your mind, consider cycling as a therapy that will bring you many benefits for both body and soul.</p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: -35px; top: 494px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2023 11:35:38 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Historical development of electric scooters: From the first prototypes to modern models]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_historical_development_of_electric_scooters_from_the_first_prototypes_to_modern_models_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Electric scooters</span></a> have become a common sight on the streets of cities around the world. These compact and environmentally friendly transport devices have a long and interesting history that goes back more than a century. In this blog, we will explore how electric scooters have evolved from their first prototypes to today's modern models.</p>
<br>
<h2>Early prototypes and concepts</h2>
<br>
<p>Although <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric scooters</span></a> are ubiquitous today, their development began long before they became commercially available. The first concepts of electric scooters appeared at the end of the 19th and the beginning of the 20th century. However, those early models were limited by technical challenges, including batteries that could not provide enough power for longer drives.</p>
<br>
<h2><br />Beginning of mass production</h2>
<br>
<p>The real popularity of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric scooters</span></a> began to grow in the second half of the 20th century. During the 1980s and 1990s, several companies, especially in Asia, began mass-producing electric scooters. However, these early models were still quite simple and did not attract mass attention.</p>
<br>
<h2><br />Innovations and technical progress</h2>
<br>
<p>The first signs of serious technical progress in <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric scooters</span></a> began to appear in the early 2000s. Better batteries and electronic controls have enabled greater autonomy and faster charging. Also, romobils have become lighter and more practical for everyday use.</p>
<br>
<h2>Smart connectivity and design</h2>
<br>
<p>Today, <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric scooters</span></a> have undergone a real revolution. Modern models are equipped with advanced features such as smart connectivity through mobile applications, GPS tracking, built-in lighting systems and other innovations that improve safety and driving convenience.</p>
<br>
<p><br />Also, the design of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric scooters</span></a> has become more elegant and attractive to users. Today you can find different models with different speeds, autonomy and design, adapted to different needs and preferences.</p>
<br>
<h2><br />The future of electric scooters</h2>
<br>
<p>Although we currently enjoy the benefits of modern electric vehicles, the future of these devices looks bright. Battery research and development continues to increase autonomy and shorten charging times. Also, further improvement of the infrastructure for electric vehicles is expected, including more bicycle lanes and parking lots for them.</p>
<br>
<p><br />In conclusion,<a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;"> electric scooters</span> </a>have come a long way from their early prototypes to modern models. These devices have become an indispensable part of the city's transport systems and contribute to the reduction of harmful gas emissions. With constant technological innovation and growing popularity, the future of electric vehicles looks bright and promises even better and more practical models for future generations.</p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 163px; top: 654.375px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Sep 2023 09:31:31 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-cycling for the elderly]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_e_cycling_for_the_elderly_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling</span></a> is one of the most popular physical activities around the world, and for good reason. It's not only fun, but also good for your health. As we get older, we can neglect this activity because of everything that comes with the years. Fortunately, there is a great alternative that allows the elderly to enjoy cycling, namely electric bikes or e-bikes. In this blog we will explore how e-bikes allow seniors to stay active and enjoy all the benefits of cycling.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">E-bikes</span></a> are regular bikes equipped with an electric motor and battery to facilitate pedaling. For the elderly, this is a revolutionary technology that makes driving easier and maintains an active lifestyle. Here are some ways e-bikes can benefit seniors:</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><img height="200" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog-ebike-za-starije-1.jpg" width="400" /></a></p>
<br>
<p><strong>Easy pedaling</strong></p>
<br>
<p>The electric motor assists pedaling, reducing the effort required to drive. This is especially helpful for older people who have joint or fitness issues.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Greater autonomy</strong></p>
<br>
<p>An <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> battery allows riders to travel longer distances without tiring. This is great for longer trips or driving to the grocery store.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Increased speed</strong></p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">E-bikes</span></a> allow the elderly to maintain higher speeds without much effort. This means I can follow the traffic and feel safe on the road.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Health benefits</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Regular <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span> </a>riding helps maintain heart health and general health. It's also a great way to maintain mental clarity and relieve stress.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Maintaining independence</strong></p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">E-bikes</span></a> enable independence and mobility for the elderly. They do not need to rely on transportation or assistance from others to complete their daily tasks.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><img height="255" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog-ebike-ya-starije-2.jpg" width="510" /></a></p>
<br>
<h2>How to start riding an e-bike</h2>
<br>
<p>Before you start riding an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a>, consult your doctor to make sure it is safe for your health. Find an e-bike that suits your needs and capabilities. Make sure it is comfortable and easy to manage.</p>
<br>
<p>Before going on long trips, practice riding in a quiet environment to familiarize yourself with the e-bike. Listen to your body and don't overdo it. Gradually increase the length and intensity of the ride to adapt.</p>
<br>
<p>Riding an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=bug" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-bike</span></a> for seniors is a great way to stay active, enjoy nature and maintain your health. This form of transportation provides freedom and independence and allows the elderly to remain vital and content.</p>
<br>
<p>Now that you know all the benefits of e-bikes, there's no reason not to get into the world of cycling, regardless of age.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 11:13:02 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Electric bicycles: The way to better health and cleaner air]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_electric_bicycles_the_way_to_better_health_and_cleaner_air_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's world where care for the environment and personal health are increasingly highlighted as key priorities, <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=si&amp;_ga=2.109610245.1043714273.1693478393-289377406.1640083888&amp;_gl=1*1w3rpz*_ga*Mjg5Mzc3NDA2LjE2NDAwODM4ODg.*_ga_8B1375GE8Q*MTY5MzQ3ODM5My42MS4xLjE2OTM0NzkzODQuMC4wLjA." target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric bicycles</span></a> are becoming an increasingly popular choice among different generations. This innovative technology combines the advantages of a classic bicycle with an electric drive, offering an efficient way to improve health and reduce CO2 emissions at the same time.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Health benefits of electric bicycles</strong></h2>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=si&amp;_ga=2.109610245.1043714273.1693478393-289377406.1640083888&amp;_gl=1*1w3rpz*_ga*Mjg5Mzc3NDA2LjE2NDAwODM4ODg.*_ga_8B1375GE8Q*MTY5MzQ3ODM5My42MS4xLjE2OTM0NzkzODQuMC4wLjA." target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling</span></a> has long been recognized as one of the best ways to maintain physical fitness and improve health. Electric bicycles do not exclude physical activity, but complement it. They allow riders to adjust the level of assistance needed from the electric motor, meaning that people of all ages and fitness levels can use the bike as a means of physical activity. A gradual increase in the intensity of the exercise with the support of the engine enables the achievement of better cardiovascular fitness, strengthening of muscles and improvement of coordination.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Environmental advantage: Reduction of CO2 emissions</strong></h2>
<p>Considering the growing problem of climate change, every step towards reducing CO2 emissions and preserving the environment is invaluable. <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=si&amp;_ga=2.109610245.1043714273.1693478393-289377406.1640083888&amp;_gl=1*1w3rpz*_ga*Mjg5Mzc3NDA2LjE2NDAwODM4ODg.*_ga_8B1375GE8Q*MTY5MzQ3ODM5My42MS4xLjE2OTM0NzkzODQuMC4wLjA." target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Electric bicycles</span></a> are a great example of how technology can play a positive role in this fight. Traditional fossil fuel vehicles leave a significant carbon footprint, while electric bicycles use sustainable energy sources. Riding an electric bicycle does not create CO2 emissions or air pollution, which results in cleaner air and a better quality of life in urban areas.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Increased availability and practicality</strong></h2>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=si&amp;_ga=2.109610245.1043714273.1693478393-289377406.1640083888&amp;_gl=1*1w3rpz*_ga*Mjg5Mzc3NDA2LjE2NDAwODM4ODg.*_ga_8B1375GE8Q*MTY5MzQ3ODM5My42MS4xLjE2OTM0NzkzODQuMC4wLjA." target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Electric bikes</span></a> have become more affordable and versatile than ever before. A variety of models, from fast city bikes to off-road bikes for adventurers, allows everyone to find a bike that suits their needs. In addition, electric bicycle rental services are becoming more widespread in urban areas, increasing the convenience and availability of this means of transportation.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Changing the urban landscape</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Cities around the world are becoming increasingly congested with traffic, and the need for sustainable solutions is becoming urgent. <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=si&amp;_ga=2.109610245.1043714273.1693478393-289377406.1640083888&amp;_gl=1*1w3rpz*_ga*Mjg5Mzc3NDA2LjE2NDAwODM4ODg.*_ga_8B1375GE8Q*MTY5MzQ3ODM5My42MS4xLjE2OTM0NzkzODQuMC4wLjA." target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Electric bicycles</span> </a>provide an answer to this challenge by offering a fast, flexible and environmentally friendly way of moving. Reducing the number of conventional vehicles on the roads can improve traffic flow, reduce noise and improve air quality.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>A journey towards a more sustainable future</strong></h2>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=si&amp;_ga=2.109610245.1043714273.1693478393-289377406.1640083888&amp;_gl=1*1w3rpz*_ga*Mjg5Mzc3NDA2LjE2NDAwODM4ODg.*_ga_8B1375GE8Q*MTY5MzQ3ODM5My42MS4xLjE2OTM0NzkzODQuMC4wLjA." target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Electric bicycles</span></a> not only help individuals move faster and easier through cities, but also contribute to the global goal of sustainability. By supporting a sustainable lifestyle, reducing pollution and promoting an active lifestyle, electric bicycles are becoming key actors in transforming the way we move.</p>
<br>
<p>Electric bicycles are more than a means of transportation - they are a symbol of change towards a more sustainable world. Their ubiquity in cities and rural areas around the world shows that the future of mobility is directed towards green and innovative solutions. Electric bikes are not just vehicles; they are a key link in the chain of global transformation towards a more sustainable and healthy planet for future generations.</p>
<p></p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: -42px; top: 584.375px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 10:44:58 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[What is the difference between trekking, MTB and city bikes?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_what_is_the_difference_between_trekking_mtb_and_city_bikes_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Recently, an increasing number of people enjoy cycling, whether it is for recreation, transportation or outdoor adventure. However, there are several types of bicycles, the most popular of which are trekking, MTB (Mountain Bike) and city bicycles. In this blog we will explore the differences between these three types of bikes and what makes them unique.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Trekking bikes</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Trekking bikes are designed for riding on a variety of terrains, from main roads to unpaved trails. These bikes are usually equipped with a comfortable seat, front suspension, wide tires and multiple gears, making them very adaptable to different conditions. Trekking bikes are ideal for longer rides and trips, as well as for exploring nature and mountain trails.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli/trekking.html" target="_blank"><img height="242" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/trekking.jpg" width="484" /></a></p>
<br>
<h2><strong>MTB bikes</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>MTB bikes are designed for riding in hilly and mountainous terrain. They have a strong frame, shock absorbers on the front and rear forks, wide and colorful tires with a deep profile for better grip. MTB bikes usually have a large number of gears so that the rider can adapt to different ups and downs. These bikes are intended for adventurers and lovers of extreme terrain, who enjoy riding on demanding trails full of stones, roots and bumps.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli/mtb.html" target="_blank"><img height="254" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/mtb.jpg" width="508" /></a></p>
<br>
<h2><strong>City bikes</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>City bikes, as their name suggests, are intended for riding on city streets and bike paths. They are designed for comfort and practicality. City bikes usually have an upright seating position, wide and smooth tires that provide good grip on the asphalt, baskets or trunks for easier cargo transportation, lights and mudguards. They are ideal for everyday rides to work, school or shopping.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli/city.html" target="_blank"><img height="252" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/city.jpg" width="504" /></a></p>
<br>
<p>In short, the difference between trekking, MTB and city bikes is reflected in their purpose and design. Trekking bikes are universal and adaptable for various terrains, MTB bikes are intended for riding on hilly and mountainous terrain, while city bikes are primarily intended for riding on city streets and everyday needs. The choice of bike depends on your preferences, level of riding skill and on which terrain you plan to ride.</p>
<br>
<p>Either way, cycling is a great way to stay active, explore your surroundings and enjoy the world around you. Regardless of the type of bike you choose, it's important to enjoy your ride and keep safety first. Now that you know the differences between trekking, MTB and city bikes, we hope you will find the perfect bike that will suit you and allow you to experience all the magic of cycling.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Happy driving!</strong></p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: -95px; top: 1264.62px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 10:15:45 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Why is cycling good for kids?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_why_is_cycling_good_for_kids_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling</span></a> is a great way for children to enjoy an active lifestyle. Besides being fun, cycling provides numerous <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">benefits for children</span></a>. In this blog we will explore the reasons why cycling is an ideal activity for children and how it can help them develop.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Physical activity</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>In today's age when children spend more time in front of screens, cycling is a great way to encourage physical activity. Cycling helps <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">strengthen muscles, improves fitness and coordination of movements</span></a>. Children will enjoy riding their bikes in the park or on the bike paths, which will allow them to spend time in the fresh air while exercising at the same time.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><img height="264" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/ENG_TABL.jpg" width="528" /></a></p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Development of motor skills</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Cycling <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">requires good balance, movement coordination and motor skills</span></a>. Children who ride bikes regularly develop these skills, which can benefit them in many other activities. Riding a bike also helps develop fine motor skills, as children have to use their hands and fingers to steer, brake and shift gears.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Self-reliance and independence</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>When children learn to ride a bicycle, it represents a major turning point in their lives. They <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">gain a sense of accomplishment and confidence</span></a>, knowing they can handle the bike independently. Cycling teaches them independence and responsibility, while at the same time developing their self-awareness and decision-making ability.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Socialization and team spirit</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Cycling can also be a <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">social activity for children</span></a>. Children can organize cycling trips with their friends or join a cycling club where they will meet other people who share the same passion for cycling. Cycling in a group encourages socialization and develops team spirit.</p>.
<br>
<h2><strong>Mental and emotional development</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Cycling also has <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">numerous benefits for children's mental and emotional well-being</span></a>. Cycling can help them relieve stress and tension, improve mood and concentration. In addition, cycling in nature gives children the opportunity to connect with nature, explore the environment and enjoy moments of silence and peace.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/bicikli.html?brand=2282" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling is an extraordinary activity</span></a> that brings many benefits to children. In addition to physical activity, cycling develops motor skills, self-confidence, social skills and has a positive effect on mental well-being. Encourage your children to ride a bike and enjoy all the benefits this activity provides.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Make cycling a part of their life and encourage them to be healthy, happy and active.</strong></p>
<p><strong></strong></p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 156px; top: 861.375px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 10:36:08 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[The most common mistakes during training on a spinning bike and how to avoid them]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_the_most_common_mistakes_during_training_on_a_spinning_bike_and_how_to_avoid_them_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">The spinning bike</span></a> is a popular choice for many people who like <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">cardio</span></a>. This type of exercise can be very effective for <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">improving fitness, burning calories and strengthening muscles</span></a>. However, there are a few common mistakes that people make when training on a spinning bike. Here's an overview of those mistakes and tips on how to avoid them:</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Improper bike setup</strong></h2>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Bike</span></a> setup is key to a comfortable and efficient workout. Here are some mistakes to avoid:</p>
<br>
<h3>Wrong seat height</h3>
<br>
<p>If the seat is too high or too low, you may experience discomfort and pain in your knees, hips or lower back. Sit on the bike and adjust the height of the seat so that your legs are slightly bent when the pedals are in the down position.</p>
<br>
<h3>Incorrect steering wheel position</h3>
<br>
<p>The steering wheel should be adjusted so that it allows you to hold your body naturally, without tension in your shoulders and neck. Adjust the height and angle of the steering wheel according to your comfort.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><img height="235" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/ENGL-EAGLE.jpg" width="470" /></a></p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Resistance too high or too low</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Resistance on the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">bike</span></a> is what allows you to feel the challenge and build strength. However, many people often make a mistake with resistance:</p>
<br>
<h3>Resistance too high</h3>
<br>
<p>Excessively high resistance can lead to unnecessary strain on muscles and joints. Start with moderate resistance and gradually increase it as you warm up.</p>
<br>
<h3>Too little resistance</h3>
<br>
<p>On the other hand, too little resistance will not provide you with enough challenge and results. Adjust the resistance so that you feel enough effort but can still maintain a proper pedaling rhythm.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Bad pedaling technique</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Correct pedaling technique is essential for effective and safe training. Here are some mistakes to avoid:</p>
<br>
<h3>Improper foot position</h3>
<br>
<p>Your foot should be evenly spaced on the pedals. Avoid leaning only on your toes or heels, as this can lead to discomfort or injury.</p>
<br>
<h3>Pedal rotation too fast</h3>
<br>
<p>Pedaling too fast can lead to loss of control and increased stress on the joints. Try to maintain an optimal pedaling rhythm, which usually ranges between 80 and 100 revolutions per minute.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Improper back position</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Maintain proper back position during training. Avoid excessive bending or leaning forward, as this can cause back pain.</p>
<h2><strong>Insufficient recovery</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Relax and give your body time to recover between workouts. Many people make the mistake of overtraining and not allowing enough time for rest. Insufficient recovery can lead to muscle overload and injury. Rest at least one day between intense workouts and pay attention to your body's signals.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>Lack of diversity</strong></h2>
<br>
<p>Although the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">spinning bike is great for cardio</span></a>, it's not enough to rely on just one type of workout. Avoid routine and incorporate different types of exercise into your program, such as interval training or muscle-strengthening exercises.</p>
<br>
<p>By following proper technique and avoiding these common mistakes, you can get the most out of your spin bike workout.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=EAGLE" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Enjoy the ride and achieve your fitness and health goals!</strong></span></a></p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 131px; top: 1231.62px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2023 12:40:16 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Elliptical trainer vs stationary bike - which fitness device to choose?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_elliptical_trainer_stationary_bike_which_fitness_device_to_choose_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>When it comes to cardio workouts, elliptical machines and stationary bikes are two of the most popular choices. They offer fantastic cardiovascular benefits, making them ideal for weight loss and improved endurance. Additionally, both machines are known to be gentler on the joints compared to treadmills and other high-impact options.</p>
<br>
<p>While they share similarities, elliptical machines and stationary bikes differ in the type of exercise they provide and their respective advantages and disadvantages. In this article, we'll delve into the world of elliptical machines versus stationary bikes for cardio training, helping you make an informed decision about which machine suits you best.</p>
<br>
<h2>The Elliptical Machine</h2>
<br>
<p>An elliptical machine, also known as a cross-trainer, offers low-impact, weight-bearing exercise options such as walking, stair-climbing, and running. Its design minimizes joint strain, making it an excellent choice for those with upper body concerns as well.</p>
<br>
<p>Aside from burning calories and aiding in weight loss, an elliptical workout strengthens muscles and enhances cardiovascular health. It engages both the lower and upper body, providing a comprehensive full-body workout.</p>
<br>
<h3>Torch Calories with Ease</h3>
<br>
<p>If you're looking to burn calories and shed those extra pounds, elliptical training is a highly effective option. The number of calories burned depends on several factors, including age, weight, gender, and workout intensity. On average, a 155-pound person can burn approximately 324 calories during a 30-minute elliptical session.</p>
<br>
<h3>Engage Your Entire Body</h3>
<br>
<p>By engaging your core and utilizing the handlebars, you activate both your upper and lower body muscle groups. Furthermore, the elliptical allows for backward motion, enabling you to target different muscle groups effectively.</p>
<br>
<h3>Customize Your Intensity</h3>
<br>
<p>Most elliptical machines come with adjustable resistance and stride length, allowing you to personalize your workout and push yourself further. This versatility makes the elliptical suitable for individuals in rehabilitation as well as those seeking an intense training session.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><img height="282" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/BLOG-SLIKA-SPRAVW.jpg" style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" width="564" /></a></p>
<br>
<h2>Stationary Bike</h2>
<br>
<p>Stationary bikes consist of a seat and pedals that simulate the cycling motion and often come with adjustable resistance levels. They provide low-impact cardio workouts that burn body fat while targeting various muscle groups.</p>
<br>
<p>There are two main types of stationary bikes: recumbent and upright. Recumbent bikes feature a reclined position with a more traditional seat, while upright bikes resemble standard road bikes, with pedals below your center of gravity and handlebars for leaning over.</p>
<br>
<h3>Gentle on Joints</h3>
<br>
<p>Stationary bikes excel in offering non-weight bearing exercises, as the bike seat supports your body weight during training. This feature makes exercise bikes an excellent choice for individuals with joint pain or age-related stiffness.</p>
<br>
<h3>Strengthen Your Lower Body</h3>
<br>
<p>Pedaling on an exercise bike provides an exceptional lower body workout. Moreover, this exercise not only targets lower body muscles but also engages your back and core, particularly when pedaling in a standing position.</p>
<br>
<h3>Adjustable Intensity Levels</h3>
<br>
<p>With the ability to increase or decrease speed and resistance levels, exercise bikes allow for continuous progress in your workouts. By raising the resistance, you create a more challenging workout, building muscle mass and burning more calories in the same time frame. These adjustable levels also enable riders to incorporate high-intensity interval training (HIIT), which has been shown to improve various health parameters such as VO2max, insulin sensitivity, blood pressure, and cardiovascular function.</p>
<br>
<h2>Calorie Burning Showdown: Elliptical vs. Stationary Bike</h2>
<br>
<p>Both ellipticals and exercise bikes contribute to weight loss and fat burning, regardless of your fitness level. However, if you're curious about which machine burns more calories, ellipticals take the lead. This is because they engage both the upper and lower body simultaneously, and their upright position expends more energy.</p>
<br>
<p>It's worth noting that the number of calories burned on both machines depends on the intensity and duration of your workout. Opting for a slow-paced session on the elliptical will naturally result in fewer calories burned compared to a high-resistance cardio workout on an exercise bike.</p>
<br>
<h2>Toning Your Muscles: Elliptical vs. Stationary Bike</h2>
<br>
<p>While neither machine is designed for building significant muscle mass, both can effectively tone your body.</p>
<br>
<p>The elliptical machine provides a full-body workout by engaging your upper and lower body simultaneously. On the other hand, stationary bikes offer a more targeted workout for the lower body, including the hamstrings, quads, and glutes. Additionally, pedaling in a standing position on an exercise bike turns it into a total body workout.</p>
<br>
<h2>Consider Other Factors</h2>
<br>
<p>Aside from the exercise itself, a few additional factors may influence your choice between the elliptical and the stationary bike.</p>
<br>
<p>Space: Elliptical machines tend to be larger and bulkier compared to exercise bikes. If you have limited space, an exercise bike might be the more practical choice.</p>
<br>
<p>Enjoyment: Ultimately, both machines provide similar results. Therefore, it's essential to try both and determine which one you enjoy the most. Enjoyment plays a crucial role in consistency and adherence to your exercise routine.</p>
<br>
<h2>The Ultimate Decision</h2>
<br>
<p>When it comes down to it, both the elliptical and the exercise bike can be valuable additions to your home gym. They offer a wide range of health and fitness benefits, including cardiovascular conditioning, improved endurance, muscle toning, and weight loss. Ultimately, the best choice depends on your personal preferences.</p>
<br>
<p>The results you achieve with either machine depend less on their differences and more on the effort you put into your workouts. It's your dedication and commitment that determine the calories burned and the overall cardiovascular benefits you reap.</p>
<br>
<p>Choose the machine that you enjoy using the most and that aligns with your fitness goals. Remember, consistency is key to achieving long-term success.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 May 2023 11:01:38 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to calculate the range of an electric bike?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_how_to_calculate_the_range_of_an_electric_bike_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>One of the most common questions we get is how to calculate the geographic range of an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric bike.</span></a> Basically, How far will my ebike go before it runs out of battery power? What is the range of my ebike? How far can I go per charge?</p>
<br>
<p>There are many factors that affect an electric bike's range, including the type of bike you're riding, as well as the battery capacity, terrain, and the level of pedaling effort you as the rider put in.</p>
<br>
<p>The truth is that most ebikes come with a Bafang motor system or its equivalent, since they are the largest ebike motor manufacturer in the world, and have an exceptional reputation.</p>
<br>
<h2><strong>E-BIKE BATTERY MYTH BUSTING </strong></h2>
<br>
<p>First, a little <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric bike</span></a> battery myth busting is in order. Every ebike manufacturer should provide detailed specifications for the battery and every other component on the models they bring to market. Many will also provide estimated ranges, but rarely indicate how these range estimates were derived.</p>
<br>
<p>Estimated ranges provided by ebike brands aren't based on rigorous testing. Next, let's dismiss another obvious falsehood. All ebikes can be ridden like conventional bikes, simply by pedaling and using the standard gears. If the electric vehicle you're looking at does not have operable pedals, it's not an <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric bike</span></a>. If you ride your ebike with the electronics turned off, there is no loss of battery charge. And if you ride your ebike without turning on electronics, there is no drag or resistance from the turned-off ebike motor.</p>
<br>
<p>There is no drag or resistance from the turned-off motor. That being said, ebikes do tend to be heavier than standard bikes, due to the added weight of the motor, battery and controller. But there are also lightweight ebikes that fold up and are highly portable. The lithium-ion battery is the fuel tank for your ebike, not unlike the batteries that power your cell phone and laptop computer. In the olden days a few years ago, some legacy ebike brands would use sealed lead acid (SLA) batteries on their ebikes. You can still find these types of batteries in cars and on mobility scooters. But with improvements in battery technology, the denser and more energy efficient lithium-ion battery has been adopted as the standard for all ebikes. These batteries will vary in their chemistry, as well as their operating voltage and capacity. Do not get a bike that does not have a lithium battery pack.</p>
<br>
<p><iframe frameborder="0" height="350" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/o2KdG84U8Fg" style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" width="425"></iframe></p>
<br>
<p>Like the lithium batteries powering your personal electronic devices, ebike batteries will not last forever. After about 1,000 charge cycles, you will notice that the battery is not holding a full charge. For the average rider, it takes about 2-4 years to charge and discharge an ebike battery 1,000 times. These timeframes could be greatly reduced if you expose your electric bike battery to extremes in heat or cold. So it's best not to leave your battery in the trunk of a hot car, or in a garage that might reach freezing temperatures overnight. When you finally need to get a new battery for your ebike, have no fear. Usually replacement or spare batteries are available from the original manufacturer, but even if they are not, there are reputable 3rd party battery companies that can provide a high-quality replacement.</p>
<br>
<h2>NON-ELECTRICAL FACTORS THAT AFFECT E-BIKE RANGE</h2>
<br>
<p>There are many variables that affect ebike range, including the bike design of bike, rider weight and riding style, terrain, weather, surface moisture, tire inflation.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Electric bikes</span></a>, like conventional bikes, come in many flavors. You have fat tire mountain ebikes, small folding ebikes, and laid back cruiser style ebikes. There are several key factors in bike design that affect range. First, the weight of the bike is a major factor, but also the width of the tires. Fat tires, for example, have more surface area in contact with the ground, and more traction (friction) compared to a road bike with narrower tires. This adds resistance which can deplete energy reserves more quickly. Second, it&rsquo;s important to note that a poorly tuned or maintained ebike will have a shorter range than a properly maintained vehicle. Low tire inflation, poorly aligned gears and brakes, and high wind resistance due to a lack of aerodynamic design will all contribute to reducing the range of an ebike. Payload.</p>
<br>
<p>The weight of the passenger and any cargo will also have a dramatic effect on ebike range. All things being equal, a 225-pound rider with a fully-loaded trailer will place a much higher demand on the battery than a 125-pound teenager with a fanny pack. The distribution of the payload on the bike will also affect range, especially if a bike is unbalanced due to heavy loads placed on the rear rack. Weather &amp; Terrain. Headwinds and wet roads each will reduce the potential range of an ebike. Likewise, how hilly your ride is, and if you go off-road on gravelly trails will impact how far you can travel on a single charge.</p>
<br>
<h2>ELECTRICAL FACTORS THAT AFFECT EBIKE RANGE</h2>
<br>
<p>&nbsp;All electric bikes have 3 essential components that set them apart from conventional bikes. These are the motor, the controller and the battery. Each of these electrical components plays a critical role in the performance of an electrical bike, and if any of them are not working properly, it can adversely affect your ebike performance range. If you struggle with the concept of electrons running through wires to power a motor, you're not alone. Check out the Water Pipe Analogy graphic below. We use watt-hours to measure the energy capacity of a battery pack, and this will help you figure out how long you can ride your ebike before fully discharging the battery. But before we get into watt-hours (symbolized Wh), let&rsquo;s first review what a watt itself is. A watt (W) is a unit of power, and power is the rate at which energy is produced or consumed. Think of watts as a measure of electrical flow. Does an electrical device need a big flow or a small flow to work? For example, a 100W light bulb uses energy at a higher rate than a 60W bulb; this means that the 100W light bulb needs a bigger &ldquo;flow&rdquo; to work. Likewise, the rate at which your solar energy system &ldquo;flows&rdquo; power into your home is measured in watts. A watt-hour (Wh) is a unit of energy equivalent to one watt (1W) of power expended for one hour (1h) of time. A watt-hour is a way to measure the amount of work performed or generated. Household appliances and other electrical devices perform &ldquo;work&rdquo; and that requires energy in the form of electricity. Utilities typically charge you for electrical energy by the kilowatt-hour (kWh), which is equal to 1,000 watt-hours. An ebike battery is measured by its voltage (V) and amp-hour (Ah) rating. To calculate the Wh of an ebike battery pack, we simply multiply its V and Ah to get the Wh. A battery rated at 36 V and 10.4 Ah will have a 417.6 Wh capacity (36 x 10.4 = 374.4), like on the Eunorau UHVO All-Terrain Ebike A battery rated at 48 V and 21 Ah will have a 1,008 Wh capacity (48 x 21 = 1,008), like on the Bakcou Mule.</p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 64px; top: 969.75px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 10:57:22 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[What is the best individual workout schedule? ]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_what_is_the_best_individual_workout_schedule_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<h2>How often you need to workout to reach your goals</h2>
<br>
<p>Regardless your status, meaning are you <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">fitness</span></a> beginner or you are experienced with exercise, you you probably ask yourself , &ldquo;What&rsquo;s the best workout plan for me?&rdquo; A weekly training plan designed to <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">fit with your everyday life</span></a> can help you to reach your goals. Continue to read and find out what could be best for you.</p>
<br>
<h2>How many days a week should be best for you?</h2>
<br>
<p>The weekly number of days you should work out depends on several factors:</p>
<br>
<ul>
<li>Type of exercise: it is recommended that high-impact activities, like running and jumping, should usually be performed less frequently than low-impact exercises like cycling, swimming or rowing. The reason is that the risk of injury is bigger during frequent high-impact activities. If you have a history of musculoskeletal injuries the risk increases.</li>
<li>Duration of workouts: you&rsquo;ll need less days per week for workouts if you exercise longer per session.</li>
<li>Intensity of workouts: vigorous workouts decrease the number of workouts per week.</li>
<li>Fitness goals: your health and fitness goals are very important for your weekly workout plan. If you are looking for enough exercise to reduce your risk of heart disease and stroke, you will likely be able to work out fewer days per week. If you are trying to lose a significant amount of weight or train for a&nbsp; athletic event you&rsquo;ll should workout more.</li>
<li>Age: it is recommended for older adults to plan more rest days in a week to recover after hard workouts. It&rsquo;s important to listen to your body and give your body a chance to recover.</li>
<li>Health: individuals who have a disease, musculoskeletal injury, or contraindications to strain physical activity, should consult doctor to determine how often they should work out.</li>
<li>Physical activity in your everyday life: the more active you are in your daily life , the fewer times per week you may need to work out.</li>
</ul>
<br>
<hr />
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/BLOG-INDIVIDUALNI-TRENING-1.jpg" /></a></p>
<br>
<h2>Check the great prices of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Xplorer home fitness</span></a> equipment by clicking <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">HERE</span></a>!</h2>
<br>
<hr />
<br>
<p></p>
<h2>What plan gives the best results?</h2>
<br>
<p>Generally, you should work out five to six days a week for the best results. These workouts should involve a mix of strength training and <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">cardio exercise</span></a>. The more variety in terms of the types of exercise you do, the better.</p>
<br>
<h2>How many days is enough to build muscle?</h2>
<br>
<p>Three to four days a week of strength training is usually sufficient to build muscle. Four to five days a week of muscle splits (different groups of muscles) could be done on different days. If you want to build muscle, the intensity of your workouts is more important than the frequency of your workouts. Nutrition is also important, so you should ensure you are getting enough protein and total calories to support <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">muscle growth</span></a>.</p>
<br>
<h2>What is the best workout plan to lose weight?</h2>
<br>
<p>Caloric deficit of&nbsp; 3,500 calories should help you to lose 500g of stored body fat, which equates to 500 calories per day. You can achieve this by consuming fewer calories, burning more calories, or a combination of both.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Exercise</span></a> help you to burn calories, but most people find they lose weight more effectively through dietary adjustments. Four to six days a week is typically sufficient for weight loss, with a minimum of 150 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise or 75 minutes of vigorous-intensity exercise per week.</p>
<br>
<h2>Should you workout every day?</h2>
<br>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>It&rsquo;s not bad to work out every day, but it&rsquo;s also not good. It depends on the type of exercise you are doing, so working out every day can increase your risk of injury, overtraining, and burnout. If you want to work out every day, it is crucial to vary the type of exercise you do.</p>
<br>
<p>For example, instead of running every day, run four days and do low-impact training on other days. If you like strength training and you want to work out every day, do split routines instead of intense full-body workouts and give a chance to your muscles to rest and rebuild.</p>
<br>
<p>It is advisable to take at least one day off per week to allow your body to fully rest and recover.</p>
<br>
<h2>What about working out five days a week?</h2>
<br>
<p>It is not too much at all! Working out five days a week is <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">ideal for health and fitness</span></a>. Just keep your workouts varied so that you use different muscles and apply different stresses to your body.</p>
<br>
<p>Working out 30 minutes a day, five days a week, can be enough, which depends on your goals. If you exercise for health and longevity, 30 minutes a day for five days a week is perfect.</p>
<br>
<p>On the other hand, if you want to lose weight or improve performance, you may need to work out more.</p>
<br>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2023 11:09:18 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How many calories you burn on an exercise bike?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_how_many_calories_you_burn_on_an_exercise_bike_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<h2><span style="font-size: 12px;">Exercise can have many benefits on an individual&rsquo;s health and it burns calories and can help promote weight loss. Physical activity of any type increases your energy expenditure and contribute to creating a calorie deficit necessary for losing weight.&nbsp;</span></h2>
<br>
<p>There are various bikes including <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">stationary bikes</span></a>, as well as indoor cycles. <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Exercise bike workouts</span></a> are a great way to improve your aerobic fitness and strengthen your legs while minimizing joint stress. You can also burn a fair number of calories in an exercise bike workout. Want to know how many calories you burn during a bike sweat session? Continue reading and you&lsquo;ll find the answers.</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" target="_blank"><img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog-de-en.jpg" /></a></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<h2>Factors that affect amount of calories you burn on an exercise bike</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<br>
<p>Unfortunately, there&rsquo;s not an easy answer or simple formula you can use to count exactly how many calories you burn on an exercise bike. Numerous factors impact the actual number of calories burned in an exercise bike workout. Taking these factors into consideration can help you get a more accurate estimation of your energy expenditure. The primary factors that impact the number of calories you burn include the following:</p>
<br>
<h3>Body size</h3>
<br>
<p>The more you weigh, the more calories you&rsquo;ll burn per minute riding an exercise bike. Additionally, muscle is more metabolically active than fat tissue, if you have less body fat and a more muscular tissue, you&rsquo;ll burn more calories. It is a reason why men tend to burn more calories during exercise than women, even when matched in body weight, because men have a higher percentage of lean body mass compared to women.</p>
<br>
<h3>Type of exercise bike</h3>
<br>
<p>In general, you&rsquo;ll burn more calories on an indoor cycle or spin bike than a stationary bike, articularly a recumbent bike, because the muscle activation is greater on spin bikes. Recumbent bikes have a chair seat, so only your legs are involved. Spin bikes are tilted forward more aggressively, so they also recruit your shoulders, arms, and core. You can also stand up on a spin bike, wand perform total-body exercise and significantly ramps up the caloric expenditure.</p>
<br>
<h3>Intensity of your workout</h3>
<br>
<p>One of the key factors of the number of calories burned on an exercise bike is the intensity of work out. Higher resistance and cadence (pedaling speed) increases energy output required to ride the exercise bike. It should come as no surprise that you&rsquo;ll burn more calories when you dial up the resistance level and pedal harder and faster.</p>
<br>
<h3>Duration of your workout</h3>
<br>
<p>The longer your workout, the more calories you&rsquo;ll burn, provided the intensity is the same. Short, high-intensity workout on an exercise bike can potentially burn more calories than a long, easy aerobic workout.</p>
<br>
<h2>Is a stationary bike a good way to lose weight?</h2>
<br>
<p>Any form of exercise can support weight loss when combined with a healthy, low calorie diet. The more calories you burn, the greater the caloric deficit you create, and a caloric deficit of approximately 3,500 calories results in one 500g of fat loss.</p>
<br>
<p>Exercise bike workouts can help you lose weight in two ways: the workout itself burns calories, and if you&rsquo;re able to build muscle in your legs, you can increase your metabolic rate, which helps you burn more calories even at rest.</p>
<br>
<h2>How many calories do you burn on a stationary bike for 30 minutes?</h2>
<br>
<p>The number of calories you&rsquo;ll burn on an exercise bike per minute depends on the intensity of your workout and your weight. Though it&rsquo;s pretty difficult to make specific predictions for calories burned on an exercise bike, Some studies reports that 30 minutes of moderate-intensity stationary biking burns about 210 calories for a 66kg person, 252 calories for a 75kg person, and 292 calories for a 92kg person. A 30-minute vigorous stationary bike workout burns approximately 315 calories for a 66kg person, 378 calories for a 175kg person, and 441 calories for a 92kg person. If you weigh more than that, you&rsquo;ll burn even more calories.</p>
<br>
<h2>How many calories do 20 minutes on an exercise bike burn?</h2>
<br>
<p>Even 20 minutes on an exercise bike can burn a decent number of calories at a moderate intensity: 140 calories for a 66kg person, 166 calories for a 75kg person, and 193 calories for a 92kg person. A 20-minute vigorous stationary bike workout burns approximately 208 calories for a 66kg person, 250 calories for a 75kg person, and 291 calories for a 92kg person.</p>
<br>
<h2>Tips to burn more calories on an exercise bike</h2>
<br>
<ul>
<li>Try HIIT: High-intensity interval training will torch more calories and rev your metabolism. Pedal faster and harder and against more resistance.</li>
<li>Stand Up: If you&rsquo;re riding a spin bike, stand up on and you&rsquo;ll use more muscles and feel your heart racing.</li>
<li>Use a Heart Rate Monitor: Heart rate training can help you be more precise&nbsp; with your workouts. Getting into higher heart rate zones will help you burn more calories.</li>
<li>Work Your Muscles: Resistance is key if you want your muscles to be challenged. Building muscle burn more calories and make them stronger</li>
</ul>
<br>
<p>Exercise bikes offer some of the best ways to get a great caloric burn and loosing body wight.. Lower impact side puts you in win-win position.</p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 519px; top: 64.875px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 May 2023 13:25:03 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[4 Exercises That Can Help Improve Mental Health]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_4_exercises_that_can_help_improve_mental_health_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It is easy to forget that our bodies and minds are connected: our mental wellness will always affect our physical health. For example, depression may affect one&rsquo;s motivation to perform daily tasks like eating. If the issue is left untreated, it will lead to physical weakness and susceptibility to other serious illnesses. Because of this, experts from the&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/mental-illness/symptoms-causes/syc-20374968"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Mayo Clinic</span></a></span>&nbsp;emphasized how mental illnesses don't only cause poor mental health but also severe emotional, behavioral, and physical health problems, making it more necessary than ever to address the topic.<br /> <br /> But what makes mental disorders tricky is that some symptoms are often overlooked, despite the increasing number of afflicted individuals. In fact,&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://online.maryville.edu/blog/mental-health-crisis-toolkit-for-schools/"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Maryville University</span></a></span>&nbsp;revealed that 1 in 5 adults in the US has a mental illness, with 1 in 24 individuals suffering from a severe illness. This is why it is time that everyone acknowledges the importance of mental health. If the topic is normalized and destigmatized, millions of Americans silently suffering from these disorders will feel more comfortable talking about their problems. This will also inspire them to seek help from medical professionals and participate in physical activities that will improve their mental wellness.<br /> <br /> As established, your physical and mental well-being are connected, and exercising is one of the best methods to promote both aspects of your health. Here are four exercises that will improve mental health:<br /> </p>
<br>
<h2>Walking</h2>
<br>
<p><br /> The most straightforward exercise you can do for your mental health is walking. Health experts explain that walking helps improve your psychological and mental health. This is especially true if you walk outdoors because getting out of the same place makes it much easier to decompress. Your change in environment and routine can also become a positive distraction while getting a healthy dose of sunlight and fresh air. Because this routine requires no specialized skill and it&rsquo;s not intensive, anyone can take up walking as a physical and mental exercise at any time. If you want moderate-intensity exercise routines, it is recommended that you walk for 150 to 300 minutes weekly.<br /> </p>
<br>
<h2>Yoga</h2>
<br>
<p><br /> In an article by&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.webmd.com/balance/benefits-of-yoga-for-mental-health"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Dan Brennan</span></a></span>, MD, it was discussed how yoga is an effective form of exercise to relieve stress and anxiety. 86% of Americans claimed that practicing yoga helped them deal with stress because the tightening and relaxing of muscles reduces the tension they feel in their bodies. And since there&rsquo;s a relationship between anxiousness and breathing, exercises like yoga enables you to breathe more effectively and alleviate your anxiety. Moreover, the peaceful atmosphere, calming music, and positive attitude practiced in yoga classes allow you to focus on your current state. There are various online and in-person classes available that can guide you in starting yoga. Generally, Hatha yoga classes are suitable for beginners because they're slower-moving.<br /> </p>
<br>
<h2>Swimming</h2>
<br>
<p><br /> Swimming is also a great option to boost your mental health. A case study featured by&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.usms.org/fitness-and-training/articles-and-videos/articles/4-reasons-why-swimming-is-great-for-mental-health"><span style="color: #ff0000;">US Masters Swimming</span></a></span>&nbsp;showed how a 24-year-old British woman with a major depressive disorder was able to decrease her dependence on medication after regularly swimming in open water for several weeks. This indicates the potential of hydrotherapy in reducing feelings of anxiety and depression. Although explanations are ongoing, marine biologist Wallace Nichols believes that water soothes the human psyche, which provides cognitive and emotional benefits to individuals. Unlike yoga and walking, swimming will require you to buy appropriate equipment such as swimsuits, goggles, and maybe even a kickboard.<br /> </p>
<br>
<h2>Running</h2>
<br>
<p><br /> If you&rsquo;re looking for rigorous exercises, running positively impacts your mental health since it releases natural mood-elevating compounds called endocannabinoids. This substance causes the euphoria often associated with a runner's high, a feel-good sensation many individuals feel after an exhilarating run. Besides boosting your mood, this can help reduce your stress levels, letting you feel a general sense of contentment after a run. What makes running a good exercise is that you don&rsquo;t always need to go outdoors to perform the activity. Our article&nbsp;<a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_running_in_your_neighborhood_vs_using_treadmills_at_home_/">&lsquo;<span style="color: #ff0000;">Running In Your Neighborhood vs. Using Treadmills At Home</span>&rsquo;</a>&nbsp;shared that with a treadmill you can reap the same benefits as running outdoors from the comfort of your home. Many treadmills are also outfitted with fitness tracking controls to monitor your progress activity levels like heart rate and mileage.<br /> <br /> Exercise is vital in treating mental health issues, and as the above exercises show anyone who has mental health issues can start incorporating exercise into their lives.</p>
<br>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><em>Post solely for the use of xplorerlife.com by JB Williams</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 08:35:11 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[The Role of E-Bikes in Decarbonising Transportation]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_the_role_of_e_bikes_in_decarbonising_transportation_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p class="chapter-no">CHAPTER 01</p>
<p></p>
<h2>The UK&rsquo;s Net Zero 2050 cycling sustainability targets</h2>
<p></p>
<br>
<p>We know the way we travel has an impact on the world around us. In fact, transport is the largest contributor to UK domestic greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions,&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/final-uk-greenhouse-gas-emissions-national-statistics-1990-to-2019" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">responsible for 27% in 2019</span></a></span>. In 2020, the year national lockdowns meant we mainly stayed at home, overall transport carbon dioxide emissions<span style="color: #ff0000;">&nbsp;<a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/976298/2020_UK_greenhouse_gas_emissions_provisional_figures_statistical_summary.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">fell by 19.6%</span></a>.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p>By law, the UK&rsquo;s emissions must be net zero by 2050 - a commitment the country has made to reduce the impact of climate change. That&rsquo;s why decarbonising transport is a huge part of the government&rsquo;s sustainability plans.</p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p>As part of the commitments necessary to reduce emissions, the UK Prime Minister, Boris Johnson,&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/904146/gear-change-a-bold-vision-for-cycling-and-walking.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">introduced a bold vision for cycling and walking</span></a></span>&nbsp;which includes:</p>
<p></p>
<div class="row icon-fact">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12">
<br>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;">Investing &pound;2 billion over five years with the aim that half of all journeys in towns and cities will be cycled or walked by 2030</span></p>
<br>
</div>
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12"><br />
<p>Delivering a world class cycling and walking network in England by 2040</p>
<br>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12">
<p>The aim? To increase the shares of trips taken by cycling and walking and make these modes the natural first choice for all who can take them.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p class="box-content-heading">Cycling and walking can help us tackle the challenges of climate change, providing:</p>
<br />
<ul class="list">
<li>1-6 metric tons (Mt) CO2 savings from 2020 to 2050</li>
<li>&pound;20-100m worth of air quality benefits by 2050</li>
</ul>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12"><br />
<br>
<p>As well offering other benefits, such as:&nbsp;&pound;1-4bn gross value added (GVA) in 2050 from manufacture, distribution, sales and repairs of bikes</p>
<br>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row icon-fact">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12">
<p>40k-100k jobs supported in 2050 from manufacture, distribution, sales and repairs of bikes</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12"><br />
<br>
<p>Increased levels of active daily travel can improve everyday life for all of us &ndash; tackling climate change, congestion and noise pollution, as well improving our own health and wellbeing.</p>
<br />
<br>
<p>Source:&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1009448/decarbonising-transport-a-better-greener-britain.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Decarbonising Transport &ndash; A Better, Greener Britain</span></a></span></p>
<p></p>
<hr />
<p></p>
<div class="row header-row">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12"><br />
<p class="chapter-no">CHAPTER 02</p>
<h2>How cycling can help</h2>
<br />
<br>
<p>Decarbonising our daily journeys should be a priority for everyone. According to Decarbonising Transport &ndash; A Better, Greener Britain, journeys below five miles represented 58% of all private car journeys in 2019. These are the most obvious opportunities to switch to cycling and walking, which could result in a 68 MtCO2e reduction in current car emissions.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p>But when the government announced their first&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cycling-and-walking-investment-strategy" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cycling and Walking Investment Strategy</span></a>,</span> it looked very unlikely that the aim of doubling cycling by 2025 was achievable.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p>Then the coronavirus pandemic hit.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12">
<p class="fact"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1009448/decarbonising-transport-a-better-greener-britain.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">In 2020, cycling rose by 46%</span></a></span></p>
<br>
<br />
<p>This increase was greater than across the whole of the previous 20 years and easily the biggest increase in post-war history. The growing number of cyclists sparked a national conversation on transport and proved that a low-carbon commute was possible for many.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p>A Bicycle Association of Great Britain (BAGB) spokesperson&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://secrhub.co.uk/how-covid-19-has-brought-us-the-low-carbon-commute/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">told the Energy Advice Hub in 2020</span></a>:</span> &ldquo;Early indications are that this April saw at least a 50% increase in sales across the whole cycling market. A survey we did suggests that about 7 in 10 bicycle sales in lockdown are to new or returning cyclists.&rdquo;</p>
<br>
<br />
<p>The more people who take up cycling, the greater the potential impact on the environment &ndash; especially if they use cycling to replace journeys they used to complete in a car.</p>
<br>
<br /><hr /><br />
<p class="chapter-no">CHAPTER 03</p>
<h2>Top cities which commute by bike</h2>
<br />
<br>
<p>For most of us, the most regular journey we make is the one to and from work. Looking at pre-pandemic data, commuting by bike increased by 42% in 2018,&nbsp;<a href="https://www.cyclingweekly.com/news/latest-news/strava-reveal-uk-cities-people-commute-bike-442697" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">according to Strava</a>. In that year, 46.2 million metric tons of CO2 were offset by people cycling to work.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p>But where is leading the way?</p>
<br>
<br />
<p><img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/Screenshot_1.jpg" /></p>
<br>
<hr />
<div class="row header-row">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12"><br />
<p class="chapter-no">CHAPTER 04</p>
<h2>The importance of electric bikes</h2>
<br />
<br>
<p>It&rsquo;s not always convenient (or easy) to cycle long distances. Electric bikes (or e-bikes) make those journeys much easier because they have a motor to electrically assist your pedalling. As long as an e-bike meets certain criteria, it can be ridden anywhere it&rsquo;s legal to ride a normal bike. There&rsquo;s no road tax, no vehicle registration and you don&rsquo;t need any licenses.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p>It&rsquo;s hardly surprising then that people are increasingly interested in e-bikes, with a 47% increase in e-bike searches in 2020 throughout the UK,&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://blog.halfords.com/google-trends-cycling-report/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">according to Halfords</span></a></span>. Italy was the only major country in the EU to have a greater increase in electric bike search habits.</p>
</div>
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12 d-flex">But is this interest translating into sales? It appears so.</div>
</div>
<div class="row">
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12">
<br>
<p>In the first quarter of the company&rsquo;s 2021 fiscal year, Halfords have seen a 114% YoY sales increase in its e-bikes and e-scooters category.</p>
<br />
<br>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://ebiketips.road.cc/content/news/2020-saw-another-huge-increase-in-e-bike-imports-from-the-eu-and-beyond-2739" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Further reported statistics</span></a></span>&nbsp;reveal the growing popularity of e-bikes has been happening for some time:</p>
<br>
</div>
<div class="col-desk-6 col-12 d-flex">
<div class="callout-box"><br />
<p>There was a 47% increase in e-bike searches in 2020 throughout the UK</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="row icon-fact">
<div class="col-desk-4 col-12"><br />
<br>
<p>One pound in every five spent on bicycles between January and October 2020 was spent on e-bikes</p>
<br />
<br>
<p>Electric bicycles can potentially play a big role in cleaning up our transport by removing dirty vehicles from our roads and getting people onto two wheels. People who may have previously been unable to travel by bicycle could have an entire new, cleaner way of getting around.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p>&ldquo;By getting more people out of their cars we can look to a future where our towns and cities are not choking on polluted air, and climate-wrecking emissions have been slashed.&rdquo;</p>
<br>
<br />
<p class="c-primary m-0"><span style="color: #ff0000;">- Craig Bennett, Friends of the Earth chief executive</span></p>
<br>
<hr />
<p class="c-primary m-0"></p>
<p class="chapter-no">CHAPTER 05</p>
<p class="c-primary m-0"></p>
<h2>The environmental impact of bikes and e-bikes</h2>
<p class="c-primary m-0"></p>
<br />
<br>
<p>But just how much can bikes and e-bikes reduce our impact on the environment? Well, every bike leaves a carbon footprint in manufacturing, but this carbon cost can be mitigated or entirely offset when it's used to its potential, according to&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://view.publitas.com/trek-bicycle/trek-bicycle-2021-sustainability-report/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Trek&rsquo;s sustainability report for 2021</span></a></span>. If you ride about 430 miles you would have otherwise driven, you&rsquo;ve saved the carbon equivalent of what it took to make one of Trek&rsquo;s most popular bike models.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p class="c-primary m-0"></p>
<br />
<br>
<p>The carbon emissions produced by bikes and e-bikes is considerably less than cars and electric cars. In fact, there&rsquo;s no contest, according to data&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.theguardian.com/environment/bike-blog/2021/sep/23/why-arent-more-big-bike-firms-tracking-their-environmental-impact" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">reported by The Guardian</span></a>.</span></p>
<br>
<br />
<p class="c-primary m-0"></p>
<p>The&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://ecf.com/news-and-events/news/how-much-co2-does-cycling-really-save" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">European Cycling Federation says</span></a>&nbsp;</span>the manufacturing footprint of bicycles is 96kg of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e). Trek says the production of a basic entry-level mountain bike emits about 100kg of CO2e.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p class="c-primary m-0"></p>
<p>ECF estimates that manufacturing an e-bike has a carbon footprint of 134kg, whereas Trek says its 165kg of CO2e. Either way, it&rsquo;s much less than the 5.5 tonnes needed to make just one small hatchback, and considerably less than the 13 tonnes which could be needed to make an SUV.</p>
<br>
<br />
<p class="c-primary m-0"></p>
<p>Then there&rsquo;s the lifetime analysis:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/Screenshot_2.jpg" /></p>
<hr />
<p class="chapter-no"></p>
<p class="chapter-no">CHAPTER 06</p>
<h2>Glossary</h2>
<h3>Net zero</h3>
<p>When the volume of greenhouse gases being emitted is the same as is being absorbed by offsetting techniques, such as planting trees.</p>
<h3>Decarbonisation</h3>
<p>The removal or reduction of carbon dioxide output by switching to low carbon energy sources, such as renewables.</p>
<h3>E-bike</h3>
<p>A combination of a conventional bike and a motor, so that some of the effort of pedalling is reduced. E-bikes can travel greater distances faster with less human effort.</p>
<hr />
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">Source:&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thebikestoragecompany.co.uk/" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">www.thebikestoragecompany.co.uk</span></a></span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2022 12:32:24 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Quiet and comfortable cardio training with the application - Xiaomi Yesoul Smart Spinning Bike S3]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-quiet-and-comfortable-cardio-training-with-the-application-xiaomi-yesoul-smart-spinning-bike-s3-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-size: large;"><strong>Quiet exercise&nbsp;</strong></span></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">Xiaomi's outstanding exercise bike certainly allows you to enjoy low-impact exercises. It also allows spin-style exercises, all from the comfort of your own home. The <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?___store=en&amp;q=xiaomi&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.242794562.1183560903.1627287431-195322201.1612895091" title="Xiaomi bicikl" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Xiaomi Yesoul S3 bike</span></strong></a> has become an indispensable addition to the home gym for many users. This stationary bike is suitable for indoor use and features a belt drive, a magnetic system, and smart bike technology. It is also suitable for cardio exercises. Anyone interested in exercising at home should turn their attention to Yesoul S3.</span></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: large;"><strong>Smooth driving magnetic technology&nbsp;</strong></span></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">The magnetic resistance of the silent transmission belt means that driving is always quiet, so there is no creaking that bothers family or neighbors.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><img alt="Magnetna otpornost" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog-magnet-1.jpg" style="display: block; max-width: 500px; max-height: 500px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" title="Magnetna otpornost" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;"><strong>High-quality belt&nbsp;</strong></span></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">The VEIGEL rubber strap is specially designed to give you a much more comfortable ride without causing tension, which gives far better quality training. This option also reduces friction for quiet spinning at home or even in the office.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;"></span></p>
<br>
<p><img alt="Kais1" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/kais1.jpg" style="display: block; max-width: 350px; max-height: 375px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" title="Kais1" /></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">Without the Yesoul S3 power cord, the bike is equipped with a generator that creates energy when turning the pedals, thus providing power. Without wires and socket independence, the Yesoul S3 bike can be placed in any room. Ergonomic principles are very important in our design and present in all our products.</span></p>
<br>
<p><img alt="Prenosivost" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/prenosivost.jpg" style="display: block; max-width: 500px; max-height: 500px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" title="Prenosivost" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: large;"><strong>Yesoul Sports application</strong></span></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">This is a smart app that can be paired with a bike. Therefore, it's easier to achieve the health benefits of this unique bike. The Yesoul application supports various functions, offering new exercises and challenges every day, as well as efficient methods of burning calories. Exercise progress is displayed on the screen, allowing users to easily control the mode and change it as needed.&nbsp;</span></p>
<br>
<p><img alt="App Yesoul" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/app_xiaomi.jpg" style="display: block; max-width: 500px; max-height: 375px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" title="App Yesoul" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: large;"><strong>An exceptional design&nbsp;</strong></span></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">The Yesoul S3 bicycle is made of a very solid frame that can withstand loads of up to 120 kg. Users will love the pedals that are equipped with anti-slip pads. For this reason, foot slippage is excluded even when the maximum speed is reached and at heavy loads. This setup system shows you different options. Accordingly, it allows you to select the required load, depending on the recommendation of your training program and your capabilities. The design of this home exercise bike is adaptable to space and the rider.</span></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><img alt="Dimenzije i delovi" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/dimenzije.jpg" style="display: block; max-width: 600px; max-height: 300px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" title="Dimenzije i delovi" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">The product comes with a steering wheel and a seat that can be individually adjusted, so it is suitable for users of different heights. Simply adjust the ride to yourself! With an adjustment mechanism that is easy to adjust resistance levels, you can easily choose the exact intensity of exercise that will suit you, regardless of your fitness level.</span></p>
<br>
<p><img alt="Sistem za podesavanje" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/podesavanje_1.jpg" style="display: block; max-width: 500px; max-height: 413px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" title="Sistem za podesavanje" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: large;"><strong>Xplorer has a great offer for you!</strong></span></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: medium;">When you buy a Xiaomi Yesoul Smart Spinning exercise bike, you get a<span style="color: #ff0000;"> OnePlus Nord N100 Midnight Frost, mobile phone as a gift!</span> Connect via Bluetooth to the Yesoul app on your phone and track your progress! Click <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?___store=en&amp;q=xiaomi&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.242794562.1183560903.1627287431-195322201.1612895091" title="Xiaomi Yesoul Spinning Bike S3" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">HERE</span></strong></a> to order your Xiaomi Yesoul Smart Spinning Bike.</span></p>
<br>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Jul 2021 13:37:46 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Running In Your Neighborhood vs. Using Treadmills At Home]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_running_in_your_neighborhood_vs_using_treadmills_at_home_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-size: small;">Remember that seemingly endless supply of energy you had as a kid? Maybe you remember sprinting across the playground or running laps around the school gym. Kids, of course, aren&rsquo;t often aware that running is a form of aerobic exercise; back then, running was a way to play or get from here to there. But for adults, it&rsquo;s a way to&nbsp;<strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="https://porch.com/advice/stay-healthy-fit-home"><span style="color: #0000ff;">i<span style="color: #0000ff;">mprove health</span></span></a>,</span></strong> increase muscle mass, and maintain a healthy weight.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running offers us a wealth of health benefits. It&rsquo;s a great way to lose or maintain a healthy weight. On average, a 140-lb person can expect to burn about&nbsp;<a href="https://www.shape.com/fitness/cardio/how-many-calories-burned-running"><span style="color: #0000ff;"><strong>445 calories per hour</strong></span>&nbsp;</a>by jogging. On an eight-minute mile pace, that same runner can increase that number of calories per hour to 751. In addition to weight loss, running also supports heart health and can enhance mental health too.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">If you&rsquo;re ready to commit to running as a pastime and form of exercise, you might be wondering about your options: whether to run outdoors or indoors on a treadmill. Some runners do both. Here, we&rsquo;ll explore the pros and cons of using indoor treadmills versus outdoor running.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Is Running Better on a Treadmill?</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><img alt="Workout on Treadmill1" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog_1.jpg" style="vertical-align: middle;" title="Workout on Treadmill1" width="200" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">There are many advantages to running on a treadmill and using other indoor workout equipment like ellipticals. Perhaps the most significant benefit to a treadmill is that it is done in the&nbsp;<strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="https://porch.com/advice/set-ideal-home-gym-hassle-free-daily-fitness"><span style="color: #0000ff;">comfort of your home</span></a></span></strong>. It doesn&rsquo;t matter if it&rsquo;s raining, sleeting, or snowing; runners can take to the treadmill and get their workout in, burning just as many calories as if they were running outdoors.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">In addition to its indoor convenience, a tremill also has benefits such as:</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Predictable Surface</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p>A treadmill features a predictable surface. Unlike the sidewalk or street, there are no bumps, cracks, and potholes that could lead to an accidental slip or fall. Its surface stays the same, so runners can concentrate on choosing to listen to music or an audiobook.&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>User Control</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Treadmills come with a series of controls that allows you to set your warm-up pace, speed, incline, and cool-down pace. Some models even allow you to set up customized programs designed to support your own workout goals.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Fitness Tracking</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Many of today&rsquo;s treadmills are also outfitted with fitness tracking controls so you can track your progress. In addition to distance tracking functions, some treadmills will also offer heart rate monitoring and step counting.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>What Are the Cons of Running on a Treadmill?</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Of course, not all runner enthusiasts use a treadmill 100 percent of the time. One of the disadvantages of treadmills can be their price tag. According to Consumer Reports, a&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.consumerreports.org/cro/treadmills/buying-guide/index.htm">top-rated treadmill can cost over $4,000</a></strong>. The average cost, however, is about $600. The higher-end models come with a broader range of functions, including special fitness tracking applications. So we recommend contacting the experts to check out your best options.&nbsp;A few other cons associated with treadmill use include:</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Space and Weight</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Most treadmills require space and, once set up, can be cumbersome to move around. Some manufacturers offer fold-up models on wheels that store away easily when not in use, but you still need the space for a stored-up treadmill. And, if you&rsquo;re in an apartment or smaller area, it can be hard to find the room for a set-up treadmill when you&rsquo;re using it.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Maintenance</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">When something goes wrong with a treadmill, it typically requires the help of maintenance professional. You may live in an area where this type of skill isn&rsquo;t readily available, making fixing your treadmill difficult.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Same Routine</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running indoors can become boring if you tire of staring at your own walls during a run. For this reason, many indoor runners prefer to listen to music or set up a television in their <strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="https://www.inspectionsupport.com/"><span style="color: #0000ff;">home</span></a></span></strong> gym.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Treadmill Running Benefits</strong></span></p>
<p><img alt="Workout on Treadmill1" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/dsds.jpg" style="vertical-align: middle;" title="Workout on Treadmill1" width="200" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">For many treadmill owners, the advantages far outweigh the disadvantages of running on a treadmill. Running on a treadmill is a convenient way to exercise indoors at any time. Once you begin using a treadmill, you can expect to enjoy various benefits that may include:</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Physical Activity</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running on a treadmill is every bit the aerobic exercise as running outdoors on a track or along a running path. While running on a treadmill, you can expect to burn calories, increase physical endurance over time, build muscle mass in your legs, and enhance your heart health. Running can also help boost metabolism.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Stress Reduction</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">After a long, frustrating day, many people hit their treadmill because running is an effective way to reduce stress. Running can allow you to take a break from your thoughts and focus on just physical activity.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Improved Mood</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running on a treadmill can help release the body&rsquo;s feel-good endorphins. These endorphins not only target sore muscles, promoting healing, but they also go to work in the brain, triggering positive feelings.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Improved Sleep</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running on a treadmill can help establish healthy sleep patterns. Not only can running help you fall asleep more quickly, but it may even improve your quality of sleep.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Psychological Well-Being</strong>&nbsp;<strong></strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">A treadmill routine can help you increase your self-image and feelings of confidence. The goals you set and work towards can provide you with a positive focus that can enhance your psychological well-being, just like running can improve your physical health.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Is Running Outdoors Better?</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><img alt="Workout on Treadmill2" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blod_3.jpg" style="vertical-align: middle;" title="Workout on Treadmill2" width="200" /></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Some runners prefer the outdoor setting with its dynamic weather and temperature changes. Some people enjoy running in hot weather because they feel like they get in a more intense workout. Others want a cool breeze. Whether or not running outside is better than running on a treadmill is entirely up to you. However, some of the advantages associated with outdoor running include:</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Inexpensive</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Unlike treadmills that come with a price tag, running outdoors is pretty much free once you purchase a pair of quality running shoes, some running gear, and workout clothing.&nbsp;<strong></strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Dynamic Terrain / Location</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">People enjoy running outdoors because the setting changes depending on the route they take. The terrain is also dynamic and subject to different surfaces and inclines. For this reason, outdoor running can sometimes feel more exciting than running inside.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Run When Traveling</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">People who run outdoors can take their sport with them no matter where they travel. It&rsquo;s pretty hard to pack up a treadmill readily.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Recently Relocated</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">If you recently moved to a&nbsp;<strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="https://www.hireahelper.com/lifestyle/how-to-adjust-to-new-places/"><span style="color: #0000ff;">new city</span></a>,</span></strong> you can use this as a great strategy to get to know your new community. Or if you moved a few years ago but still don&rsquo;t know much about your community, this is a great way to familiarize yourself with it.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>What Are the Cons of Running Outdoors?</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Just as the weather can be advantageous to outdoor running when the temperature is optimal, it can also hold back people from running when extreme temperatures or precipitation like rain and snow occur. This is when treadmill lovers will benefit.&nbsp;Some other disadvantages of running outside include:</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;"></span><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Risk for Injury</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Because of uneven terrain, bumps, cracks, curbs, and debris, outdoor landscapes pose more risks for injury to runners than a treadmill with its predictable surface and programmable inclines.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Security</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running outdoors may also pose a security risk depending on the setting. Although anyone can be subject to harassment or even a crime when running, 54 percent of women have reported sometimes feeling concerned about their security before or during a run &ndash; according to a CNN report.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>The Benefits of Running Outdoors</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running outdoors offers an array of mental and physical health benefits similar to those experienced by treadmill runners. These may include:</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Physical Activity</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running outdoors is associated with increased calorie burning. This is likely due to wind resistance as well as the more challenging terrain associated with outdoor runs.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Reduced Stress</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Simply getting outdoors into the sunshine helps many people feel less stress than staying indoors.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Better Mood</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Sunshine and exercise can amazingly brighten the moods of outdoor runners. Runners can take a break from their thoughts, their attention absorbed by the sights and sounds of their run.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Improved Sleep</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">The intensity of an outdoor workout and fresh air can improve a person&rsquo;s sleep quality substantially.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Improved Psychological Well-being</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Running outdoors allows you to take a break from your indoor climate, which is a definite benefit for people who spend their workday cooped up inside. Spending time outside can enhance feelings of&nbsp;<strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="https://porch.com/advice/category/health-and-wellness"><span style="color: #0000ff;">well-being</span></a>.</span></strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<h1><span style="font-size: small;"><em>*Originally posted on </em><a href="https://porch.com/advice/running-in-your-neighborhood"><em>Porch.com</em></a><em></em></span></h1>
<p><img alt="Workout on Treadmill3" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog_3.jpg" style="vertical-align: middle;" title="Workout on Treadmill3" width="200" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Deciding What Is Best for You</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><img alt="Workout on Treadmill4" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog4.jpg" style="vertical-align: middle;" title="Workout on Treadmill4" width="200" /></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">When deciding whether to run on a treadmill or hit the outdoor track, you should consider your community. How safe is it to run in your town or city? Are there specially designated areas for runners, such as trails or an outdoor track? Are these features monitored for security? And of course, you&rsquo;ll also want to consider your preferences after weighing all the pros and cons associated with each. It is also easy to say that the best option might be to do both. So you can take advantage of all the benefits and avoid the cons when they present themselves!</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Running Tips</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">If you plan to run, you may want to consult with your healthcare provider to ensure that you have a green light to exercise. Running can be strenuous. You may benefit from a personalized consultation with your medical caregiver before you begin your running regimen.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Always be sure that you warm up properly before you start running. You&rsquo;ll need to find or develop a stretching workout that you can perform before you run. These habits will help you prevent injuries. Also, be sure you stay hydrated during your runs. You may want to purchase a lightweight water bottle when shopping for your running gear.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Suiting Up</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Before running, you&rsquo;ll nee</span><span style="font-size: small;">d to purchase some running shoes specially designed for runners, this is really important.&nbsp; These shoes will provide you with the optimum support you need whether you&rsquo;re running outdoors or on a treadmill. Other gear you might want to buy could include running shorts, t-shirts, sun hats, and sweatbands. If you intend to run outdoors, don&rsquo;t forget to purchase sunglasses to protect your eyes. This would be a really good excuse to splurge a little on yourself! Or you&rsquo;re partner if you are deciding to run together.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;"><img alt="Workout on Treadmill5" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/blog5.jpg" style="vertical-align: middle;" title="Workout on Treadmill5" width="200" /></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Look Good and Feel Good</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Whether you run indoors, outdoors, or both, you can enjoy a wide array of benefits; it&rsquo;s a very beneficial lifestyle to have. As you grow in skill and begin to enjoy the benefits talked about above, you&rsquo;re likely to experience a tremendous boost in your self-esteem. Running promotes feeling good, just as it helps you look good too. Keep in mind that you matter the most at the end of the day, and because you matter, you should always keep your well-being in mind!&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: large;">This article is originally posted on <strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="https://porch.com/advice/running-in-your-neighborhood" title="https://porch.com/advice/running-in-your-neighborhood" target="_blank"><span style="color: #0000ff;">Porch.com</span></a></span></strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span style="font-size: large;">Author:&nbsp;Julio Cardona</span></p>
<p></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Jun 2021 10:52:00 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[5 easy cardio workouts you can do at home]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_5_easy_cardio_workouts_you_can_do_at_home_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><span>Since April this year, Lauren and Katie have been sharing how they are getting high naturally by biohacking at home in our #HackAtHome. HigherDOSE fans have been sharing their #HackAtHome photos on&nbsp;</span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.instagram.com/higherdose/?hl=en"><span style="color: #3366ff;">Instagram</span></a></span></strong><span>, and we love seeing what you guys have been up to!&nbsp;</span></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span>Recently we shared some easy ways to detox at home to give you a good, deep cleanse to get a fresh start this autumn. Today, we&rsquo;re back with a list of cardio workouts you can do at home to get your sweat on! Whatever your fitness goals &ndash; losing weight, toning, coming back from an injury &ndash;&nbsp;these workouts will get your blood flowing and calories burning. Here are just a few of our favorite at-home workouts.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<h2><span>10-Minute Cardio</span></h2>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span><span>Crunched for time? There are tons of 10-minute cardio workouts that can help you get your sweat on in between work calls, family time, happy hour, whatever. Look for something HIIT style: maximum reps, minimum duration. HIIT stands for high intensity interval training. The basic concept is that you burn a ton of calories in very little time. Here are a few 10 minute cardio HIIT workouts you could try:&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.self.com/gallery/the-10-minute-cardio-blast-morning-workout"><span style="color: #3366ff;">The 10-Minute Cardio Workout You Can Do Before Breakfast</span></a></span></strong><span>&nbsp;from Self</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://youtu.be/fYHhW_MCrx0"><span style="color: #3366ff;">10-Minute Tabata Cardio Turn Up</span></a></strong></span><span>&nbsp;by Sydney Cummings&nbsp;</span></li>
<li><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://youtu.be/2vIy3UimF6Y"><span style="color: #3366ff;">10-Minute Fat-Burning Workout</span></a></span></strong><span>&nbsp;by Boho Beautiful&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></li>
<li><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.popsugar.com/fitness/10-Minute-HIIT-Workout-32491435https://www.verywellfit.com/10-minute-low-impact-home-cardio-workout-1231492"><span style="color: #3366ff;">The Best 10-Minute High-Intensity Workout</span></a></span></strong><span>&nbsp;from POPSUGAR Fitness</span></li>
<li><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.shape.com/fitness/videos/10-minute-cardio-hiit-workout-without-weights"><span style="color: #3366ff;">The 10-Minute Cardio HIIT Workout Without Weights for All Fitness Levels</span></a></span></strong><span>&nbsp;from Shape</span></li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><span><span>You&rsquo;ll give 100% over those 10 minutes and work up a sweat &ndash;&nbsp;but then it will be over! Short and sweet, right?</span></span></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<h2><span>Banded Workouts</span></h2>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span>Add in some resistance bands to simple moves like squats and lunges to really feel the burn.</span><a href="https://www.thezoereport.com/p/4-at-home-cardio-alternatives-that-deliver-that-runners-high-without-running-22764230">&nbsp;<strong><span style="color: #3366ff;">The Zoe Report</span></strong></a><span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;">&nbsp;</span></strong>recommends workouts from Tone It Up, a fitness brand that uses resistance bands for sculpting and cardio at home. Banded workouts give you the benefit of boosting your heart rate with the added challenge of upping the intensity of your favorite basic bodyweight moves. For a tough workout, alternate between two different exercises with no rest in between.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<h2><span>The Lagree Method</span></h2>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span><span>Not into heavy breathing? We get that. You can still have a super-intense workout without bands and burpees. Try the&nbsp;</span><span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://www.lagreefitness.com/about"><span style="color: #3366ff;">Lagree Method</span></a></strong></span><span>, a high-intensity, low-impact workout that emphasizes circuit training. &ldquo;Unlike traditional Pilates, the Lagree Method places a large emphasis on circuit training, which means you move quickly from one exercise to the next for a prescribed number of sets or time limits. This allows you to achieve both cardiovascular and strength benefits as the heart, lungs, and muscle groups are concurrently working,&rdquo; writes&nbsp;</span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.thezoereport.com/p/4-at-home-cardio-alternatives-that-deliver-that-runners-high-without-running-22764230"><span style="color: #3366ff;">one reporter</span></a></span></strong><span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;">.</span></strong> You can try a Lagree workout through a&nbsp;</span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="http://www.thestudiomdr.com/schedule"><span style="color: #3366ff;">virtual studio at home</span></a></span></strong><span>.&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<h2><span>An Infrared Session</span></h2>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span><span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://higherdose.com/blogs/news/infrared-laser-therapy-101-everything-you-need-to-know" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><span style="color: #3366ff;">Infrared is a good go-to</span></a></strong></span>&nbsp;no matter what your fitness goals! Use HigherDOSE&rsquo;s&nbsp;</span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://higherdose.com/products/lp-infrared-sauna-blanket-v3?utm_expid=.AieHnUQKSKm61JzpWdwQZw.1&amp;utm_referrer=https%3A%2F%2Fhigherdose.com%2Fblogs%2Fnews%2Fthat-summer-bod"><span style="color: #3366ff;">Infrared Sauna Blanket</span></a></span></strong><span>&nbsp;at home to not only burn calories &ndash; upwards of 600 calories! &ndash;&nbsp;but also&nbsp;<strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://higherdose.com/blogs/news/that-summer-bod" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><span style="color: #3366ff;">prepare your body to burn calories later</span></a></span></strong>, absorb nutrients and stay energized. When you use infrared heat to your circulation, it increases your heart rate and metabolic rate, causing the body to burn calories like if you went for a light jog.</span></p>
<br>
<p><span>Unlike a light jog, infrared gives your skin that healthy, dewy, juice-cleanse-status summer glow. A quick sesh in our blanket gives you with a&nbsp;<span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://higherdose.com/blogs/news/welcome-to-the-sauna-fan-club" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><span style="color: #3366ff;">relaxing spa experience</span></a></strong></span>&nbsp;that burns calories and that post-gym euphoric high. A runner&rsquo;s high &ndash;&nbsp;without the running part. Heck yes.&nbsp;</span></p>
<br>
<p><span>If you&rsquo;re looking for an at home cardio workout to integrate into the rest of your training, infrared is a good option to bring your performance to the next level. Athletes benefit from the heat as it&nbsp;</span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://higherdose.com/blogs/news/that-summer-bod"><span style="color: #3366ff;">enhances endurance</span></a></span></strong><span>&nbsp;with "hyperthemic conditioning," infrared exposure that helps you stand real-life heat in future high-intensity situations.</span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<h2><span>Skipping</span></h2>
<p></p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p><span>Tap into your inner child and get an incredible workout with just one piece of equipment: a jump rope! &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a workout that keeps A-listers on their toes too - fans include Gigi Hadid, Kate Hudson, Kim Kardashian and Victoria&rsquo;s Secret Angel, Adriana Lima (proof that jumping rope does the body good!),&rdquo; reports&nbsp;</span><span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://www.getthegloss.com/article/the-best-cardio-to-do-if-you-hate-running"><span style="color: #3366ff;">one fitness blogger</span></a>.&nbsp;</strong></span></p>
<br>
<p><span>Jump rope skipping offers a truly full-body workout. Both the body and the brain get a workout as you focus on maintaining a rhythm and controlling your heart rate. Take it to the next level with a weighted rope to work your arms and core. Just 30 minutes a day will have your body looking more toned!</span></p>
<br>
<p><span><span>What are some ways you&rsquo;re doing easy cardio at home? Tag us with #HackAtHome on&nbsp;</span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.instagram.com/higherdose/?hl=en"><span style="color: #3366ff;">Instagram</span></a>!</span></strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p>This article is originally posted on<span style="color: #0000ff;"> <strong><a href="https://higherdose.com/" title="Higherdose" target="_blank"><span style="color: #0000ff;">HigherDOSE.com</span></a></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #0000ff;"><strong><a href="https://higherdose.com/" title="Higherdose" target="_blank"><span style="color: #0000ff;"></span></a></strong></span></p>
<p><br /><strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"></span></strong></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 02:34:54 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Why Should You Invest in an Electric Scooter than a Car?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_why_should_you_invest_in_an_electric_scooter_than_a_car_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p dir="ltr"><span>In the past decade, almost $200 billion has been invested globally on mobility to improve transportation. As a result, micro-mobility transport such as</span><span> </span><span style="color: #0000ff; background-color: #ffffff;"><strong><a href="https://www.mearth.com.au/"><span style="color: #0000ff; background-color: #ffffff;">electric scooters</span></a></strong></span><span> and e-bikes have grown in major cities across the globe. With the current demand that electric scooters are experiencing, a study by Grand View Research Inc. says that the e-scooter market will continue to grow up to $41.98 billion by 2030.</span></p>
<p></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #0000ff;">&nbsp;<span id="docs-internal-guid-1d561220-7fff-79dc-4a0e-3f8407c4c2a3"><a href="https://www.mearth.com.au/"><span style="color: #0000ff;">Electric Scooter - Mearth | Best Electric Scooter in Australia</span></a></span></span></strong></p>
<p></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>This begs the question: </span><span>Are electric scooters a better investment than cars?</span><span> After all, with increasing traffic and fuel prices across the world, micro-mobility may be the future of transportation. If you&rsquo;re still undecided on whether to buy an electric scooter or a car, here are four reasons to consider investing in an e-scooter.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<h2 dir="ltr"><span>Save more with electric scooters</span></h2>
<p></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>From purchasing to maintenance, electric scooters will save you more on costs, especially in the long run. With only $350 to $500, you can already buy a decent budget </span><span style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #000000;">electric scooter for adults in Australia</span><span>, the US, Europe, and most parts of the world. These budget-friendly scooters are already perfect for everyday commutes or errands. Meanwhile, buying a car can cost you an average of </span><span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://www.edmunds.com/industry/press/new-vehicle-prices-climb-to-highest-level-of-the-year-in-april-according-to-edmunds-analysis.html"><span style="color: #3366ff;">$36,718</span></a></strong></span><span> in the US. That&rsquo;s a significant amount, especially if you only need transport for short distances within your city or neighbourhood.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>A car has an advantage when it comes to long-distance travelling. However, electric scooters are more cost-effective when it comes to an everyday routine lifestyle. Moreover, electric scooters remove the need for fuel, reducing another cost in your expenses. According to the Australian Automobile Association (AAA), the average two-car Australian family pays an average of </span><span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://www.savings.com.au/car-loans/ongoing-car-costs#:~:text=The%20Australian%20Automobile%20Association's%20(AAA,to%20over%20%243%2C500%20per%20year!"><span style="color: #3366ff;">$3,500</span></a></strong></span><span> per year just on fuel costs. Electric scooters significantly reduce this amount if you use electric scooters more often, or completely.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>Lastly, compared to cars, electric scooters require little to no maintenance, as long as you care for and handle it properly. The only cost you might have to pay for is purchasing a new drive chain yearly, which does not generally cost much. Overall, the cost of powering electric scooters only make up </span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.wired.com/story/e-scooter-micromobility-infographics-cost-emissions/"><span style="color: #3366ff;">one per cent</span></a></span></strong><span> of the cost of running a car.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<h2 dir="ltr"><span>Travel short distances faster and more convenient</span></h2>
<p></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>Electric scooters solve the first and last-mile problem. The &lsquo;last mile&rsquo; is a term used to describe the final leg of the movement of people and goods to the final destination. It&rsquo;s also called the &lsquo;first mile&rsquo; if the movement goes out from the origin or destination.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>Unfortunately, the last mile is always the least efficient for people, or even businesses, as it includes up to 28% of the total cost of movement, and it consumes plenty of time and effort for people to move. After all, for those who can&rsquo;t afford cars, public transportation can&rsquo;t fully take people in front of their homes. However, a one-kilowatt hour of energy that makes a car travel 1.2 km can make an electric scooter journey for 133 km.<span style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #000000;"> The </span></span><span style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #000000;">best electric scooters in Australia</span><span>, the US, and Europe can travel longer distances with that amount of energy. Micro-mobile transportation like electric scooters makes the last mile more energy-efficient as well.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>Moreover, the </span><span style="color: #3366ff;"><strong><a href="https://www.bcg.com/publications/2019/promise-pitfalls-e-scooter-sharing"><span style="color: #3366ff;">Boston Consulting Group</span></a></strong></span><span> says that 35% of personal trips usually cover distances of under 3 km. People can walk with this distance, but it is much faster to travel using an electric scooter. Ultimately, electric scooters provide an efficient solution to covering short distances whether it&rsquo;s for everyday commute or for running personal errands.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<h2 dir="ltr"><span>Occupy less space</span></h2>
<p></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>Cars are a highly-preferred mode of transport for many. However, this may change in the future, since cars are becoming less feasible due to the lack of parking spaces, rising fuel costs, and the additional costs of parking and tolls.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>On the other hand, electric scooters are portable and space-saving. It doesn&rsquo;t need a parking space because it can easily be stored next to the entrance of a store, under your office desk, or placed anywhere within your home. Electric scooters are a great option for people living in apartments or condominiums because it occupies less space and does not need a parking slot. </span><span style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #000000;">Most scooter brands like the<span style="color: #0000ff;"> <strong><a href="https://www.scootcity.com.au/product-category/brands/mearth/"><span style="color: #0000ff; background-color: #ffffff;">Mearth electric scooter</span></a></strong></span> feature portable e-scooters, making it easy for riders to carry them around if they don&rsquo;t have a space to keep it in public spaces.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>It&rsquo;s also worth pointing out that 95% of cars are mostly unused, and each car occupies 10 times the space of electric scooters. This means that reducing cars increases space on public roads, sidewalks, and public areas.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<h2 dir="ltr"><span>Spend less time in traffic</span></h2>
<p></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>Lastly, investing in electric scooters significantly reduces the time you spend in traffic. According to a survey by the Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia, workers commuted an average of 3.7 hours per week in 2002. However, this had increased to 4.5 hours per week in 2017.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>With electric scooters, skilled riders can move through traffic easily or use footpaths and bike lanes to bypass traffic. This saves you time during daily trips. Its fast speeds and efficient time is also the reason why electric scooters are a popular choice for some delivery services. However, take note that it&rsquo;s unsafe and illegal to hold something when riding a scooter in public.</span></p>
<p><span><span>&nbsp;</span></span></p>
<h2 dir="ltr"><span>Invest in transportation that fits your lifestyle</span></h2>
<p></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span>Electric scooters offer people convenience and cost-efficiency. However, its effectiveness will still depend on the rider&rsquo;s needs and lifestyle. If cost is an issue for you, the </span><span style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #000000;">best value electric scooters in Australia</span><span><span style="color: #000000;">,</span> the UK, or the US can already get you around anywhere without spending too much. However, if you need to travel with family members, a car would be your best option. It&rsquo;s also important to invest in safety gear when riding an electric scooter for your </span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_safety_and_security_of_electric_scooters_/"><span style="color: #3366ff;">safety and security</span></a></span></strong><span>. Ultimately, the best mode of transportation for you would be the one that adds more to your quality of living.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Dec 2020 10:35:08 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Treadmill exercise tips]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_treadmill_exercise_tips_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;"><a href="https://porch.com/advice/running-in-your-neighborhood" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;">Running or walking on a treadmill</span></a></span></strong> may seem like the simplest and easiest exercise you can do at home in the current circumstances, but you should definitely learn how to use them properly.</p>
<br>
<p>In addition to the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=spinning" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">exercise bike</span></strong></a>, most people have added a treadmill to their <strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;">home gym</span></a></strong>. It's easy to see why: You walk or run for as long as you can, and you can even make it harder for yourself by increasing your incline. However, doctors and physiotherapists warn that the activity itself should not be taken lightly, especially if you have never run before on treadmill.</p>
<br>
<p>There are certain things you need to pay attention to.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>How long to walk or run</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Physical therapy and rehabilitation specialists say that beginners should start the exercise with a 20 to 30 minute walk to get used to the pace before increasing the length or speed. Walking is often an advantage over running in order to maintain fitness and fight against chronic diseases, because it is an easy sports activity and can be done at any time. Although walking in the fresh air is more recommended, walking at home on a treadmill can also be useful in such periods when leaving the house is limited. Once you improve your fitness, this period can be gradually extended to 45 minutes or can be divided into two sets of 20 minutes of walking and 10 minutes of running at a moderate speed. In the first 15 minutes of activity, your body burns carbohydrates from your last meal. After 15 minutes, your body begins to burn fat, and your endurance increases to produce more energy.</p>
<br>
<p>It is also mandatory to do at least five minutes of warm-up exercises to protect your joints and muscles from injury.</p>
<p><strong>Look ahead</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Your feet tend to follow your eyes, so if you focus on what is in front of you, you will walk straight ahead, instead of turning to the side. When you&rsquo;re in the middle of a workout and someone starts talking to you, don&rsquo;t turn around to answer.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Expect to feel disoriented</strong></p>
<br>
<p>The first few times you use the<a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=treadmill" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;"> treadmill</span></strong></a>, you may feel dizzy when you get off the treadmill. Your body is just wondering why the earth suddenly stopped moving. Don&rsquo;t worry, most people only experience this dizziness once or twice.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Never exercise barefoot</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Always wear a good pair of sneakers for walking or running for exercise on straps. Most people who run on a treadmill put more pressure on the heel than on the toes, so additional cushioning in the heel area is needed to mitigate the impact of running on the treadmill. It is much more likely that exercisers who do not have problems with exercise shoes will adhere to the daily exercise program. It is also difficult to find motivation to exercise if you know that you will be uncomfortable. It may take a few tries to find the right shoes, but owning the right pair of sneakers that provide a good feeling on your feet is worth the hassle. The best exercise shoes are those in which the runner or walker feels comfortable and wants to wear them.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>The treadmill must be on a stable surface</strong></p>
<br>
<p>If you use a folding treadmill, make sure it is fully locked and in place. Folding treadmills are a great space saver. It is very important that your tape is on a stable and flat surface. If you use a treadmill in your home, double check that the machine is on the corner of the carpet or some other uneven surface.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Running and medical conditions</strong></p>
<br>
<p>People with any existing health condition and the elderly must be more careful than others. Be sure to take your medication on time if you have a chronic illness. Since sudden movements can cause changes in blood pressure, make sure you switch slowly from one movement to another. It is always best to start slowly, warm up and build speed and endurance from there.</p>
<p>In addition to helping you lose weight, exercising on treadmills has other benefits.</p>
<br>
<p> For example:</p>
<br>
<p>&bull; You can use the treadmill all year round.</p>
<p>&bull; It is possible to watch your favorite TV show while exercising.</p>
<p>&bull; The treadmill has handrails, which is ideal if you are recovering from an injury.</p>
<p>&bull; Like any <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">cardio training</span></strong></a> with a heart pump, it can help reduce the risk of heart disease and other chronic diseases, improve sleep, improve mood and improve brain function.</p>
<br>
<p>Xplorer offers you a great selection of home <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>fitness equipment</strong></span></a>, including <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/catalogsearch/result/?q=treadmill" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">treadmills</span></strong></a>. These affordable and lightweight, simple and safe machines will give you the pleasure of running and quality training in your home. They are ideal for beginners and advanced users.</p>
<p>They are designed for users weighing up to 110 kg. They contain a 3.5 kg flywheel with 8 adjustable resistance levels according to individual needs. A computer with an LCD screen monitors: speed, calories burned, heart rate, scanning, distance, time.</p>
<br>
<p>You can view the offer of Xplorer fitness devices by clicking on <strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;">XPLORER FITNESS</span></a></strong>.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 10:05:44 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Difference between pedelecs and e-bikes?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_difference_between_pedelecs_and_e_bikes_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>There are two styles of propulsion methods.</p>
<br>
<p>Pedelec or pedal assist.</p>
<p>Power on demand or throttle based</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Pedal Assist</strong></p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" title="Xplorer e-bikes" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Pedelecs</span></a> are electric bicycles that must be pedaled.</p>
<br>
<p>Pedal assist works automatically when you start pedaling. Motor assistance will only turn on to help you when you pedal. The engine will turn off automatically when you stop the pedals or apply the brake. The pedal does not move on the gas.</p>
<br>
<p>The pedal assist bicycle is usually more protective to the battery and riding range is longer then throttled-based e-bikes.</p>
<br>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" title="Xplorer e-bikes" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;">The Pedelec</span></a></span> was developed due to&nbsp;regulation&nbsp;of some countries (i.e.&nbsp;European Nation). Control mechanism is much more complicated then that of the power on demand e-bikes. Electronic circuitry include an advanced pedal torque sensor which measure the amount of human power and advanced computer chip that handle the pedaling data and ultimately send the calculated data to the motor.</p>
<br>
<p>The pedelec has a similar behavior just like standard bicycle with pedals. There is a motor that augment your power, and not replace it. You don't need to switch on a throttle and you don't need to use your wrists all the time. The e-bike can also be used perfectly for certain workouts. For example, if you want your heart rate to be stable, but you still cover the distance with steeper sections, you can control it well with the help of motorized support.</p>
<br>
<p><strong><em>Level of assistance</em></strong><strong><em></em></strong></p>
<br>
<p>The pedal assisted bicycles usually let you adjust the<span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" title="Xplorer e-bikes" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;"> level of assistance</span></a></span> that you are going to receive as you pedal. The level of assistance is determined by using the&nbsp;console. The amount of assistance can be ranged from no assistance at all to intensive assistance (the maximum level of assistance may depend on the regulations).</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Power On Demand</strong></p>
<br>
<p>With electric bikes with a throttle lever, you have two options:</p>
<br>
<ul type="disc">
<li>Pedal-free driving - drive with pure engine power only.</li>
<li>You pedal while using the gas - a hybrid pedaling and an engine, like a pedelec.</li>
</ul>
<br>
<p>The controller determines the power transmitted to the engine as much as you add gas. No complicated sensors are needed here.</p>
<br>
<p>The throttle will either be a:</p>
<br>
<ul type="disc">
<li>Twist-grip - How much you move the throttle will determine the speed of the bike.</li>
<li>Thumb-press - Simple ON/OFF switch (No variable speed).</li>
</ul>
<br>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" title="ELECTRIC BICYCLES" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Check out great offer of electric bikes on our website!</strong></span></a></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2020 10:19:07 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Safety and security of electric scooters]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_safety_and_security_of_electric_scooters_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Stable, safe, with style. In short &ndash; very popular right now among electric scooters is the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/hoverboard/e-scooters/e-scooter-xplorer-cherokee-black.html" title="Xplorer e-skiro Cherokee" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cherokee!</span></strong></a> The large 8.5-inch wheels make driving very comfortable, and the rear disc brakes safe. Technical specifications follow a good design solution, so with a single battery charge of 7.5 AH, 36V you can go up to 30 km. There are three levels of speed adjustment so that it is possible to adjust the maximum speed to the driving conditions.</p>
<br>
<p>In addition, like all e-scooters from the Xplorer range, the <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/hoverboard/e-scooters/e-scooter-xplorer-cherokee-black.html" title="Xplorer e-skiro Cherokee" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Cherokee</span></strong></a> is foldable, so you can easily take it with you to school, the office, for socializing or when you head home from the city. If you want to park it for a short time, you can do it with a side stand leg. It is important to note that the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/hoverboard/e-scooters/e-scooter-xplorer-cherokee-black.html" title="Xplorer e-skiro Cherokee" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Xplorer Cherokee</strong></span></a></span> has honeycomb tires that have a long service life, working like a pneumatic tire, but without the risk of puncture and impact damage. In addition, the unique energy transfer provided by the honeycomb tire reduces bounce and promotes excellent stability.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Security measures</strong></p>
<br>
<p>In the past 3 years, <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/hoverboard/e-scooters/e-scooter-xplorer-cherokee-black.html" title="Xplorer e-skiro Cherokee" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">electric scooters</span></strong></a> have gained a significant place in the market and now can be found in over 100 major cities around the world. This is a major example of shifting the trend towards people who want convenient and sustainable vehicles. At the same time, there are questions about the safety of e-scooters. How can manufacturers ensure that the products they supply are safe?</p>
<br>
<p>The growing popularity of e-scooters has been accompanied by an increase in the number of newspaper headlines reporting accidents involving their use. Security measures have not always kept pace with demand and technological progress. To counter this, regulations and guidelines are being created to protect people. A key component of an e-scooter, and one that can often be a source of problems, is the battery. Concerns about the safety of lithium-ion batteries are well documented. However, the risks associated with their use can be reduced if the products are tested and certified in accordance with the correct standards.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Is the Cherokee e-scooter safe?</strong></p>
<br>
<p><strong>The answer is YES!</strong></p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/hoverboard/e-scooters/e-scooter-xplorer-cherokee-black.html" title="Xplorer e-skiro Cherokee" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Xplorer Cherokee</span></strong></a> is UL 2272 certified - Standard for Electrical Systems for Personal E-Mobility Devices - written specifically for electrical systems in personal e-mobility devices, including electric scooters and hoverboards. It contains provisions that ensure that the battery can operate safely at different temperatures, as well as the possibility of charging. Using this test, in combination with the UN 38.3 lithium-ion transport test, creates a much safer product.</p>
<br>
<p>Simply put, the UL2272 is an American certification awarded to electric mobility devices that meet the standards of a comprehensive safety test system. The test parameters include both electrical and mechanical components, as well as environmental aspects for electrical safety assessment. To further explain, the assessment takes into account how shock-resistant the devices are, extreme temperatures, water exposure and other factors. Under these conditions, signs of short circuit and charging imbalance would indicate the possibility of fire and are therefore considered less ideal in the electrical safety level.</p>
<br>
<p><img alt="Xplorer Cherokee 8,5''" height="221" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/4_2.jpg" style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" width="332" /></p>
<br>
<p><strong>Should I buy an e-scooter?</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Certainly yes. The <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/hoverboard/e-scooters/e-scooter-xplorer-cherokee-black.html" title="Xplorer e-skiro Cherokee" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-scooter</span></strong></a> is one of the elements of micro-mobility. As cities face rapid population growth, large numbers of people own cars and rush to various destinations, traffic jams are inevitable. Many cities believe that micro-mobility can be the solution to their problem, as it is not possible to free up more land for roads and parking spaces.</p>
<br>
<p>Xplorer provides you with a guaranteed purchase to make sure that your <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/hoverboard/e-scooters/e-scooter-xplorer-cherokee-black.html" title="Xplorer e-skiro Cherokee" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">e-scooter</span></strong></a> will be safe and long-lasting, given that the company operates throughout Europe, where certain certificates are required to guarantee this.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 11:08:15 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Magnetic Cross Trainer for Home Use]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_magnetic_cross_trainer_for_home_use/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>An <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>elliptical trainer</strong></span></a>, also known as a &lsquo;<a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">cross trainer</span></strong></a>&rsquo; is a cardio vascular machine designed to replicate the upper and lower body motions of walking, jogging and running while keeping the pressure off your joints. It&rsquo;s becoming more popular in homes. What <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">cross trainer</span></strong></a> can do for you and what to consider when buying one?</p>
<p>If you want to get fit an elliptical <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;">cross trainer</span></a></strong></span> is a great choise. Since exercising both your arms and legs, a cross trainer is a big <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.133181388.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">calorie burner.</span></strong></a> Cross trainer can burn up to 12 calories. Plus, a cross trainer can improve flexibility and tone the whole body. It builds strength and endurance in a greater number of muscles, so you can really get fit and perform a quality cardiovascular home workout on a cross trainer.</p>
<p>Movements on the<a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong> cross trainer</strong> </span></a>is guided by the handles and footplates, minimising injury from impact or poor technique. They are&nbsp;very safe to use&nbsp;because they keep the stress and impacts on your joints to a minimum, so people recovering from injuries and those who are overweight or just starting out on an exercise program will find cross trainers to be a useful piece of <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.133181388.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>fitness equipment.</strong></span></a></p>
<p>Also, ellipticals tend to be fairly quiet to use, which is always appreciated in the home!</p>
<p><img alt="Xplorer Fitness" src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/TANKI_BANER.jpg" title="Xplorer Fitness" /></p>
<p>When using a <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>cross trainer</strong></span></a> you can direct the power to the legs to tone the thighs, pull harder on the handles to strengthen the back and shoulders or add a twisting motion to slim the waist area.</p>
<p>So the cross trainer is a versatile, effective, low-impact, calorie-burning fitness machine that almost anyone can use.</p>
<p>Here are seven benefits of using a cross trainer:</p>
<p>1. ACCELERATE WEIGHT LOSS</p>
<p>2. PROTECT YOUR JOINTS</p>
<p>3. WORK THE WHOLE BODY</p>
<p>4. VARY THE INTENSITY OF YOUR WORKOUT</p>
<p>5. PREVENT INJURIES AND EXERCISE SAFELY</p>
<p>6. GET STRONGER</p>
<p>7. WORK OUT AT HOME</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">Xplorer elliptical trainer Motion</span></strong></a> provides complete exercise, training the upper and lower muscle system. With increased flywheel strength and higher resistance, your training results will be better than ever.<br /> <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>Motion</strong></span></a> provides complete cardiovascular exercise, and it is especially effective in burning calories and fat. Training is dynamic and simulates the typical course of movement when walking, running, cycling or skiing, but without direct contact with the ground, which means less strain on the joints and knees.<br /> <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/fitness/xplorer-magnetic-cross-trainer.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=hr&amp;_ga=2.132262988.31650283.1599463246-1523772894.1563437843" title="Xplorer Fitness" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>The Xplorer Motion Elliptical Trainer</strong> </span></a>comes with a 3kg flywheel with 8 adjustable resistance levels for individual needs. An LCD computer monitors: speed, calorie consumption, pulse, scanning, distance, time.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Sep 2020 11:20:24 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Electric Bicycles - The Future of Transportation]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_electric_bicycles_the_future_of_transportation_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Statistics have shown that people are replacing their cars for e-bikes. In the past few years, e-bikes have been on the rise, and the trend is predicted to continue growing. It is now common to see people of all kinds riding electric bikes through cities, going to work or transporting cargo.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>CHECK OUT GREAT OFFER OF XPLORER ELECTRIC BICYCLES! CLICK ON</strong>&nbsp;&rarr;&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff6600;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/?___store=en&amp;___from_store=rs&amp;_ga=2.8447409.522897702.1597648971-1523772894.1563437843" title="ELECTRIC BICYCLES" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong><span>XPLORER ELECTRIC BICYCLES</span></strong></span></a></span></p>
<br>
<p><strong>Electric bikes are environmentally friendly</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Electric bikes use rechargeable batteries. They pollute the environment much less compared to other means of transport. In this era where most people are more conscious about global warming and climate change, more people will choose green living.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>They cut back daily expenses</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Electric bikes cut daily expenses. It only needs a full charge to take you several miles in a day. Cars, on the other hand, use petrol and diesel, which prices keeps growing by the day. Electric bikes are expensive. However, in the near future, the cost will pay out for itself.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>They allow faster commutes</strong></p>
<br>
<p>We live in world where everybody is in a rush. With so many people owning cars and rushing to different destinations, traffic jams are inevitable. On the other hand, bike lanes are always traffic-free. With an electric bike, you can ride long distances without feeling the tire, or breaking a sweat. That means that you get to your destination on time and in good condition. The fact that you don&rsquo;t sweat makes it a great means of transport to work or meetings as well.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>CHECK OUT GREAT OFFER OF XPLORER ELECTRIC BICYCLES! CLICK ON</strong>&nbsp;&rarr;&nbsp;<span style="color: #ff6600;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/?___store=en&amp;___from_store=rs&amp;_ga=2.8447409.522897702.1597648971-1523772894.1563437843" title="ELECTRIC BICYCLES" target="_blank"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>XPLORER ELECTRIC BICYCLES</strong></span></a></span></p>
<br>
<p><strong>They improve physical fitness</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Staying fit is recommended for a healthy lifestyle. Many people are now aware that workout can prevent numerous diseases. More and more people are choosing this path to stay healthy. Workout session during your commute to work - who wouldn&rsquo;t like that? Although electric bikes are pedal-assisted, there is some work that you put into it.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>They are fit for anyone</strong></p>
<br>
<p>The technology incorporated in the electric bike allows for easier pedaling. This means that going up a hill or inclines is much easier and stress-free. In addition, peddle assist places less impact on the knees and thighs. The elderly do not have to wait on other people to run errands for them, all they need is an electric bike to get moving.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<br>
<p>An electric bike allows for many more benefits compared to a car. In a world that is going green and the need to decongest traffic in cities around the world, electric bikes pose a worthy alternative.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>&nbsp;CHECK OUT GREAT OFFER OF XPLORER ELECTRIC BICYCLES! CLICK ON</strong>&nbsp;&rarr; <a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/?___store=en&amp;___from_store=rs&amp;_ga=2.8447409.522897702.1597648971-1523772894.1563437843" title="ELECTRIC BICYCLES" target="_blank"><strong><span style="color: #ff6600;">XPLORER ELECTRIC BICYCLES</span></strong></a></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Aug 2020 10:54:06 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[8 Benefits Of Using Electric Bikes]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_benefits_of_using_electric_bikes_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>We&rsquo;re living in the future!</strong> Technology has improved our lives. One of these changes is an electric bike. You may have already seen one of these zipping through your streets.</p>
<br>
<p>&lsquo;E-bike&rsquo; might be the biggest adoption of green transportation of the decade. But it&rsquo;s more than that. Think about them in place of small petrol scooters rather than normal bicycles. E-bikes use rechargeable batteries that can travel up to 25 km/h, much faster than most people would cycle, getting you to your destination quicker and in better shape. In a nutshell they offer low cost, energy efficient, and emission-free transportation which also has physical and health benefits.</p>
<br>

<p>Here are 8 benefits that will remove all your doubts and make you think about purchasing an E-bike.</p>
<br>

<p><strong>1. Assisted biking</strong></p>
<p>E-bikes have what they call &ldquo;pedal assist.&rdquo; Technically, this is a machine integrated within the bike to give your pedalling a boost. This can reduce stress and impact on your knees and thighs. Say goodbye to sweaty rides.</p>
<br>

<p><strong>2. Fast and flexible</strong></p>
<p>The technology gives you the extra oomph you need to cover miles of distance with little effort. You can also still take advantage of the multi-purpose cycle lane and paths that are traffic free, brilliant if you&rsquo;re living in a city to slash your commute time.&nbsp; These are getting more and more popular in cities as governments and councils urge people to give up their car.</p>
<br>

<p><strong>3. Improve fitness</strong></p>
<p>Riding an E-bike is just as good as regular bikes at improving fitness. Although cycling with an E-bike is pedal assisted, it's still an exercise after all and therefore good for your health, both mentally and physically.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>4. Cut back expenses</strong></p>
<p>If you use the E-bike instead of a motor vehicle it will save you money in the long run. Petrol and diesel are costly in most countries, and occasional price surges can really impact on your budget. While with E-bikes, you can buy affordable batteries which can last you 55km after a full charge depending on the level of assistance you use.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>5. They&rsquo;re the future of transportation</strong></p>
<p>Many countries in Southeast Asia took the lead in using E-bikes as sustainable mode of transportation, and with the continuous rise of urban air pollution, there is a big future for E-bikes.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>6. Nature-friendly</strong></p>
<p>Climate change and global warming are serious issues and we all need to play our part. We might be facing our last stand to save our dying earth, and we can all contribute to this. E-bikes emit lower pollution per kilometre than motorcycles and cars. You can help by using an E-bike instead of a petrol or diesel car.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>7. Wide variety of designs</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;With technology, everything is almost possible, and as the marketability of bikes increases, companies produce a variety of designs that can accommodate your needs.&nbsp; If there isn't the perfect one out there right now, you can be pretty sure there will be soon.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>8. Easy to get one</strong></p>
<p>In some countries&rsquo; laws, E-bikes are still considered as a bicycle, so if you don&rsquo;t like the process of registration or getting licence plates or insurance, getting an E-bike can be a good choice. &nbsp;</p>
<br>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html" title="ELECTRIC BICYCLES"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>Check out great offer of electric bikes on our website!</strong></span></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2020 08:26:28 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Why Cycling Protects From Corona Virus]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_why_cycling_protects_from_corona_virus_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>According to the scientists, the best way to 'socially distance yourself&lsquo; is on a bicycle. You not only protect yourself, strengthen your lungs, but also protect other people.</p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><strong>The bicycle as self-protection according to virologists</strong></p>
<p><strong></strong>The best way to distance yourself socially in traffic is in the car or on the bicycle. Cycling has a clear advantage. It&nbsp;protects you from the virus in many ways.&nbsp;Virologists who specialise in the corona virus also see bicycles as the perfect self-protection. People can&nbsp;and should&nbsp;decide for the bicycle instead of using public transport. This could reduce the risk of infection.&nbsp;</p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><strong>BENEFITS OF CYCLING</strong></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p>&nbsp;<strong>1. You automatically keep your distance</strong></p>
<p>The advantage of cycling is that you automatically keep a distance of 1.5 metres. But cyclists&nbsp;do&nbsp;not only automatically keep their distance to others, they also have a lower risk of getting infected because they touch fewer surfaces.&nbsp;</p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p>&nbsp;<strong>2. No infection as in&nbsp;a&nbsp;public transport</strong></p>
<p>People who avoid buses and trains reduce the risk of infection because the corona virus is mainly transmitted byadroplet infection over short distances. The pathogen can survive on surfaces for a long time and may still be transmissible and contagious. Every touch in public transport therefore carries a fundamental risk.</p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><strong>3. Cycling provides preventive protection</strong></p>
<p>Cycling has another meaning in times of the lung disease corona, it can also have a preventive effect. If you cycle regularly, even if it is only comfortable, it strengthens your immune system. Now that the gyms have closed their doors, cycling is an excellent alternative for athletes and people who still want or need to exercise.&nbsp;</p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><strong>4. Cycling strengthens the lungs</strong></p>
<p>When cycling rhythmically, the respiratory system is also well ventilated and blood circulation is improved. "You breathe more intensively, which means you clean your lungs well.</p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><strong>5.&nbsp;Cycling strengthens the cardiovascular system</strong></p>
<p>People who suffer from diabetes and cardiovascular diseases such as hypertension should also move. Regardless of age, these conditions are among the underlying diseases that increase the risk of a more severe course of Covid-19.</p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<p><strong>Take a look at the great Xplorer electric bikes and scooters on our website!</strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #ff6600;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html?___store=en&amp;___from_store=si&amp;_ga=2.1753464.812105069.1595842824-1523772894.1563437843" title="ELECTRIC BICYCLES"><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>ELECTRIC BICYCLES</strong></span></a></span></p>
<p><span style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #ff6600;"><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/hoverboard/e-scooters.html" title="ELECTRIC SCOOTERS"><span style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #ff6600;"><strong>ELECTRIC SCOOTERS</strong></span></a></span></p>
<p><strong>SAVE YOUR HEALTH AND YOUR PLANET! :)</strong></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 09:07:52 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Know Your Risk During COVID-19 on Scale of 1 to 10]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_know_your_risks_during_covid_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Pshysicians from TMA COVID-19 Task Force and the TMA Committee on Infectious Diseases made a risk scale of 1 to 10 during normal daily activities.</p>
<p>The Corone virus continues to spread around the world, governments in some countries have restricted travel, and some travelers are taking precautions themselves.</p>
<p>We are all looking for appropriate solutions to avoid possible health complications and remain socially responsible for reducing the consequences that may increase.</p>
<p>Therefore, one of the tips we try to put into practice respecting situations where some of us still go to work is to avoid closed transportation like city buses, trams and the like.</p>
<p>With Xplorer electric bikes, you can safely cover distances of up to fifty kilometers on a single charge.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/">https://www.xplorerlife.com/</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.si/e-bikes.html?___store=si&amp;___from_store=en&amp;_ga=2.134061259.459005944.1595592060-1523772894.1563437843">https://www.xplorerlife.si/</a></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="color: #0000ff;"><strong>LOW RISK</strong></span></p>
<p>Opening the mail - <strong><span style="color: #0000ff;">1</span></strong></p>
<p>Getting restoraunt takeout - <strong><span style="color: #0000ff;">2</span></strong></p>
<p>Pumping gasoline - <strong><span style="color: #0000ff;">2</span></strong></p>
<p>Playing tennis - <strong><span style="color: #0000ff;">2</span></strong></p>
<p>Going camping - <strong><span style="color: #0000ff;">2</span></strong></p>
<p></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="color: #339966;"><strong>MODERATE-LOW</strong></span></p>
<p>Grocery shopping - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>3</strong></span></p>
<p>Going for a walk, run, or bike ride with others - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>3</strong></span></p>
<p>Playing golf - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>3</strong></span></p>
<p>Staying at the hotel for two nights - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>4</strong></span></p>
<p>Sitting in a doctor&rsquo;s waiting room - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>4</strong></span></p>
<p>Going to a library or museum - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>4</strong></span></p>
<p>Eating in a restoraunt (outside) - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>4</strong></span></p>
<p>Walking in a busy downtown - <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>4</strong></span></p>
<p>Spending an hour at a playground &ndash; <span style="color: #339966;"><strong>4</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>MODERATE RISK</strong></span></p>
<p>Having dinner at someone else&rsquo;s house &ndash; <span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>5</strong></span></p>
<p>Attending a backyard barbecue &ndash; <span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>5</strong></span></p>
<p>Going to a beach &ndash; <span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>5</strong></span></p>
<p>Shopping at a mall &ndash; <span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>5</strong></span></p>
<p>Sending kids to school, camp, ar a day care &ndash; <span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>6</strong></span></p>
<p>Working a week in a office building &ndash; &nbsp;<span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>6</strong></span></p>
<p>Swimming in a public pool &ndash; <span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>6</strong></span></p>
<p>Visiting an elderly relative or friend in their home &ndash; <span style="color: #ff9900;"><strong>6</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>MODERATE-HIGH</strong></span></p>
<p>Going to a hair salon or berbershop &ndash; <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>7</strong></span></p>
<p>Eating in a restaurant (inside) &ndash; <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>7</strong></span></p>
<p>Attending a wedding or funeral &ndash; <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>7</strong></span></p>
<p>Traveling by plane &ndash; <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>7</strong></span></p>
<p>Playing basketball &ndash; <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>7</strong></span></p>
<p>Playing football &ndash; <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>7</strong></span></p>
<p>Hugging or shaking hands when greating a friend &ndash; <span style="color: #ff6600;"><strong>7</strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>HIGH RISK</strong></span></p>
<p>Eating at a buffet &ndash; <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>8</strong></span></p>
<p>Working out at a gym &ndash; <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>8</strong></span></p>
<p>Going to an amusement park &ndash; <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>8</strong></span></p>
<p>Going to a movie theater &ndash; <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>8</strong></span></p>
<p>Attending a large music concert &ndash; <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>9</strong></span></p>
<p>Going to a sports stadium &ndash; <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>9</strong></span></p>
<p>Attending a religious service with 500+ worshipers - <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>9</strong></span></p>
<p>Going to a bar - <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>9</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Avoid public transportation and save your health and the health of your loved ones with the great offer of Xplorer.</strong></span></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jul 2020 11:34:10 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Electric bicycle - The Ecological Trend ]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_electric_bicycle_ecological_trend_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Electric bicycles are quite identical to regular bicycles, except that they have an electric motor and a battery, and a small control unit to change the level of support that the motor provides (level of assistance).</p>
<br>
<p>You definitely need to pedal to start the engine, but you can choose how much power you want to invest by adjusting the assistance level.</p>
<br>
<p>The speed of electric bicycles is legally limited to 25 km / h. You can go faster than this, but only by pedaling. The engine can't help you over this speed.</p>
<br>
<p>An electric bicycle could be the perfect means of transportation to work or to return to training after an injury or after a long break.</p>
<br>
<p>Electric bikes are expensive, but if shopping takes you back to the open road and you build a level of exercise, it would be worth investing in it. The main advantage is that you can choose the level of effort you put in and choose the help you need. So, if your job is so far away that the road would exhaust you and make you sweat, an e-bike can make your efforts a little easier.</p>
<br>
<p>However, e-bikes are usually heavy, usually weighing 10kg more than a regular bike which can make transportation difficult when you are not riding them.</p>
<br>
<p>If you are unsure of electric bikes, it pays to try them out before you buy to feel them. Renting one can be a good way to test drive.</p>
<br>
<p>To some, the idea of ​​an electric bike just seems wrong - what's the point of riding a bike if the engine does half the job?</p>
<p>Of course, your body will not invest as much effort on an electric bicycle as on a regular bicycle, but it is still a great form of exercise. You can still work out and lose weight by riding an electric bike, and you can only use the assistance setting at your utmost effort.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Check out special offer Xplorer electric bikes:</strong>&nbsp;<a href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html">https://www.xplorerlife.com/e-bikes.html</a></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 12:17:58 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Why a foldable bike is one of the best commuter bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_why_a_foldable_bike_is_one_of_the_best_commuter_bike_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Folding bikes have come a long way in the last 20 years. That may seem expensive initially and may leave you wondering why you&rsquo;d even think about investing in a folding bike but they do have a lot of advantages over their larger traditional style bicycles.</p>
<br>
<p>So here are the best reasons to buy a folding bike:</p>
<br>
<p><strong>You can easy take it with you </strong></p>
<p>With a folding bike you can and there&rsquo;s less chance it will be stolen by bicycle thieves. Most compact folding bikes are small enough that they will be unnoticed. It&rsquo;s a nice feeling not to feel like you have to go all the way back down to the bottom floor just to check your bike is still where you left it.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>They are are extremely practical</strong></p>
<p>You can hop on the public transport if it suddenly starts to rain or you have an important meeting to get to but you can&rsquo;t chance getting all sweaty before you show up but still fancy wanting to ride home at the end of the day.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Low maintenance cost</strong></p>
<p>Make sure your tyres have air in them, your lights are charged, and your chain is oiled, and that&rsquo;s pretty much it for looking after a folding bike.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Commuting to work on a folding bike is better for your health</strong></p>
<p>Fresh air is good for you. You&rsquo;ll inhale more exhaust fumes sitting in a car than you will on a bike. Studies have shown that drivers and passengers are subjected to more air pollution than cyclists and walkers.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Get fit without thinking about it!</strong></p>
<p>The recommended daily physical activity time for adults is 90 minutes a day. Walking from your desk to the coffee machine in work doesn&rsquo;t count! You can commute to work and get fit and stay thin without really having to think about it. Once it&rsquo;s a part of your routine it&rsquo;s not an effort to get fitter.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Folding bikes are convenient, practically thief proof, will save you money, make you friends, and you can take them with you wherever you go. </strong></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 11:26:32 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Everyone should learn to ride a bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/_everyone_should_learn_to_ride_a_bike_/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Everyone should learn to ride a bike. And the thing is once you have learned is not something you ever forget you can do. Most people remember their first bike. For many people, bicycling never stops and has been an intricate part of their entire life. For others riding stops the moment they get their driver&rsquo;s license.</p>
<br>
<p>Here&rsquo;s a list of the most important reasons why everyone should ride a bike.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>It&rsquo;s good for your heart</strong></p>
<br>
<p>30km a week on a bike can reduce your risk of coronary heart disease by 50%.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Boost your immune system</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Riding a bike and getting some moderate exercise can boost your immune system, so you can beat off colds and minor infections much easier.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Save money by commuting by bike</strong></p>
<br>
<p>It&rsquo;s a great way to save for future investments. Save on bus fares, and save on Gas, by simply pedaling two wheels to work.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Increase Vitamin D</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Lack of sunlight can have a major impact on vitamin D levels. Not getting enough sunlight can have a negative effect on your mood, and perhaps more concerning, a lack of vitamin D has been linked to heart disease, cancer, and can affect you at a genetic level.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Get to actually know the place you live</strong></p>
<br>
<p>You&rsquo;d be amazed how much opportunity there is to just explore your local surroundings, or how much of it there actually is when you&rsquo;re not in your car. Maybe you&rsquo;ll learn to appreciate your local community all the more for it.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Get fit without thinking too hard about it</strong></p>
<br>
<p>If you choose to go to work by bike, not only will you save a fortune on gas, you&rsquo;ll also get fit without having to spend a fortune on gym fees.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Save the planet</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Cycling is not only really good for you, it&rsquo;s also really, really good for the planet. 70% of all car journeys could be made on a bike in less than 20 minutes. There&rsquo;s all the carbon based pollutants cars throw into the air that affect the Earth&rsquo;s climate</p>
<br>
<p><strong>You&rsquo;ll see real progress</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Suddenly you realizing it, you&rsquo;re already going down the other side, and you didn&rsquo;t even notice. There is no better feeling in the world than the day you weigh yourself and you realize you&rsquo;ve lost weight. It&rsquo;s a phenomenal feeling.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2020 10:22:55 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to get more fruits and veggies in your day]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/how_to_get_more_fruits_and_veggies_in_your_day/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">Do you struggle to have the recommended five to nine servings of fruits and vegetables per day?</span></p>
<br>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">Set a realistic goal, like increasing your intake by one or two servings per day. Once you reach your goal and maintain it for several weeks, consider setting a new goal, until eventually you achieve the recommended amounts per day for optimal health.</span></p>
<br>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">10 tips to help make it easier to incorporate fruits and vegetables into your family&rsquo;s meals and snacks:</span></p>
<br>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Wash and cut fresh vegetables after purchasing them. This makes it easier to remember to eat during the week and reduces the risk they&rsquo;ll be forgotten and go bad.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Store fresh, frozen, canned, and dried fruits and veggies in visible places in the refrigerator, shelves and countertops.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Get rid of the candy jar! Instead, keep a bowl of washed apples, oranges, bananas and other fruits on the table.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; You like sweets? Try eating fruit with yogurt for dessert.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Include a veggie tray with dip for a healthy before-dinner snack.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Make a habit of including a side salad with a mix of leafy greens with lunch or dinner.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Add veggies like spinach, tomatoes, peppers and avocado to sandwiches</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Add veggies to your pizza.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Make fruit smoothies for breakfast and snacks.</span></p>
<p><span lang="SR-LATN-RS">&bull;&nbsp; Incorporate at least one serving of veggies or fruits into all snacks and meals throughout the day.</span></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 13:30:31 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Tips to Live a Healthier Life]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-tips-to-live-a-healthier-life-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How healthy are you? Do you have a healthy diet? Do you exercise regularly? Do you drink at least eight glasses of water a day? Do you get enough sleep every day?</p>
<br>
<p>Good health isn&rsquo;t just about healthy eating and exercise &mdash; it&rsquo;s also about having a positive attitude, a positive self-image, and a healthy lifestyle.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Drink more water</strong>. Most of us don&rsquo;t drink enough water every day. Water is essential for our bodies to function. Over 60% of our body is made up of water? Water is needed to carry out body functions, remove waste, and carry nutrients and oxygen around our body. drinking water helps in losing weight. Drinking more water helps fill your stomach, making you less hungry and less likely to overeat. We need about 8-10 glasses of water a day.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Get enough sleep</strong>. When you don&rsquo;t rest well, you compensate by eating more. Usually, it&rsquo;s junk food. Get enough rest and you don&rsquo;t need to snack to stay awake. Also, lack of sleep causes premature aging.</p>
<p><strong>Pick exercises that you enjoy</strong>. When you enjoy a sport, you naturally want to do it. Exercise isn&rsquo;t about suffering and pushing yourself; it&rsquo;s about being healthy and having fun at the same time.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Eat fruits</strong>. Fruits have a load of vitamins and minerals. As much as possible, consume your vitamins and minerals through your diet rather than through pills. Satisfy your plate with these nutritious fruits: Banana, Papaya, Kiwi, Strawberries, Blueberries, Blackberries, Raspberries, Watermelon, Rockmelon, Honeydew, Peach, Apple, Grapefruit, Pomelo, Mango, Orange.</p>
<br>
<p><strong> Eat vegetables</strong>. Vegetables are the source of many nutrients and minerals like folate, vitamin K, folate, vitamin A, manganese, and potassium, not to mention dietary fiber which is important for good gut health. All vegetables are important and enrich our diet.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Cut down on processed foo</strong>d. Processed food is not good because most of the nutritional value is lost in the creation of these foods and the added preservatives are bad for our health. Many processed foods contain a high amount of salt which leads to higher blood pressure and heart disease.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Eat small meals</strong>. Choose several small meals over huge meals as it evens out your energy distribution. It&rsquo;s also better for your stomach as it doesn&rsquo;t over-stretch from digesting a huge volume of food at one go.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Don&rsquo;t drink alcohol</strong>. Alcohol is a diuretic, which means it drains water from your body. If you drink alcohol regularly, it&rsquo;s time to cut it out, or at the very least, reduce your consumption.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Love yourself.</strong> Self-love is a crucial part of living a healthy life. When you have a negative self-image, it naturally weighs down on your mental outlook and health.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p>Image credit:&nbsp;<span><strong><span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="https://traineracademy.org/" title="Training Academy" target="_blank"><span style="color: #0000ff;">Trainer Academy</span></a></span></strong>&nbsp;<span style="color: #000000;">(<a href="https://traineracademy.org/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" data-auth="NotApplicable"><span style="color: #000000;">https://traineracademy.org/</span></a>)</span></span></p>
<div id="gtx-trans" style="position: absolute; left: 231px; top: 534px;">
<div class="gtx-trans-icon"></div>
</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2020 12:44:28 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-Bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-e-bike-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Up until World War II, bicycles were the most common means of transportation in cities. However, except for countries such as The Netherlands or Belgium, they have mostly become another recreational activity. But, the recent ecological crisis and rise in the prices of fuel and oil has contributed to a slight increase in the use of cheaper, more ecological means of transportation, such as the electric bicycle (e-bike).</p>
<br>
<p>When someone hears electric bicycle, the first image they imagine may be a scooter or electric motorcycle – but they actually look pretty different. Just picture a regular bicycle, then add several electrical components to it. </p>
<br>
<p>E-bike consists of several parts: cycling system, battery, controller, electric motor and pedaling sensor. The motor is supplied with power from the battery, which is recharged in the electrical grid. When the sensor detects pedaling, it starts the motor, which helps on steep hills and long distances. When the rider stops pedaling or brakes, the motor stops.</p>
<br>
<p>These bikes pedal and handle just like a regular bicycle. The electric component is meant to augment human power, not completely replace it. It makes obstacles like hills and wind more manageable and allows you to travel further without getting tired and sweaty.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Advantages:</strong></p>
<br>
<p>•	More economical than fuel-powered cars and motorcycles, and much cheaper than buying an electrical vehicle for the city</p>
<p>•	No contamination and CO2 emissions</p>
<p>•	Allows seniors or those physically unable to far travel longer distances or climb hills</p>
<p>•	The battery keeps weight low and enhances balance</p>
<p>•	It is compact and requires very little maintenance</p>
<p>•	Allows you to travel faster than a regular bike(especially when going uphill)</p>
<p>•	Easy to maintain</p>
<p>•	Very useful for commuting quickly and avoiding traffic</p>
<p>•	If the battery is empty, you can just cycle normally</p>
<p>•	High mobility & versatility (overcomes off-road, dirt, snow…)</p>
<p>•	Do not require a license or insurance…</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Check out Xplorer E-bikes:</strong></p>
<br>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.hr/e-bikes/e-bike-xplorer-silver-line-26.html" target="_blank">E-bike Xplorer Silver Line 26 "</a></strong></p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.hr/e-bikes/e-bike-xplorer-silver-line-28.html" target="_blank">E-bike Xplorer Silver Line 28"</a></strong></p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.hr/e-bikes/e-bike-xplorer-silver-line-lady-26.html" target="_blank">E-bike Xplorer Silver Line Lady 26 "</a></strong></p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.hr/e-bikes/e-bike-xplorer-silver-line-lady-28.html" target="_blank">E-bike Xplorer Silver Line Lady 28"</a></strong></p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.hr/e-bikes/e-bike-xplorer-city-vibe-20.html" target="_blank">E-bike Xplorer City Vibe 20 "</a></strong></p>
<p><strong><a href="https://www.xplorerlife.hr/e-bikes/e-bike-xplorer-city-flow-26.html" target="_blank">E-bike Xplorer City Flow</a></strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 13:25:28 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Fat-Burning Cardio Workouts You Can Do Right At Home]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-fat-burning-cardio-workouts-you-can-do-right-at-home-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>There are tons of fun and fast ways to spike your heart rate without ever leaving your house.</p>
<br>
<p>It’s crucial to include cardio workouts in your exercise routine. “Cardio helps you maintain a healthier weight, increases bone density, reduces your risk of heart disease and diabetes.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Fast Bodyweight Workout</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Time required: 9-15 minutes (3 minutes per round, repeat for 3-5 rounds based on your personal fitness level and how much time you have)</p>
<br>
<p>Equipment needed: none</p>
<br>
<p>How to do it: Perform the six moves below for 30 seconds each without resting in between</p>
<br>
<p>1.	Squat jumps</p>
<p>2.	Push-ups</p>
<p>3.	Mountain climbers</p>
<p>4.	Jumping jacks</p>
<p>5.	Sit-ups</p>
<p>6.	Single-leg V-ups</p>
<br>
<p>Why it works: These moves target your entire body.</p>

<br>
<br>


<p><strong>Treadmill Interval Workout</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Time required: 18 minutes</p>
<br>
<p>Equipment needed: treadmill</p>
<br>
<p>How to do it: Do the following sequence on the treadmill:</p>
<br>
<p>•	1 minute jog</p>
<p>•	2 minute run</p>
<p>•	30 second jog / 30 second sprint</p>
<p>•	1 minute recovery walk</p>
<p>•	1 minute jog</p>
<p>•	90 second run</p>
<p>•	30 second jog / 30 second sprint</p>
<p>•	1 minute recovery</p>
<p>•	1 minute jog</p>
<p>•	1 minute run</p>
<p>•	30 second jog / 30 second sprint</p>
<p>•	1 minute recovery walk</p>
<p>•	30 second jog / 30 second sprint</p>
<p>•	30 second recover / 30 second jog</p>
<p>•	30 second sprint / 30 second recover</p>
<p>•	30 second jog / 30 second sprint</p>
<br>
<p>Why it works: Treadmills make it easy to do high-intensity interval training.”</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Total-Body Kettlebell Workout</strong></p>
<br>
<p>Time required: 30 minutes</p>
<br>
<p>Equipment needed: kettlebell (choose a weight depending on your personal fitness level)</p>
<br>
<p>How to do it: Perform each move below for 50 seconds with a 15-second break in between. Rest for 1-3 minutes, then repeat the circuit 4 more times.
<br>
<p>1.	Kettlebell swing</p>
<p>2.	Kettlebell high pull</p>
<p>3.	Kettlebell halo to squat</p>
<p>4.	Kettlebell squat</p>
<p>5.	Kettlebell sit-up</p>
<p>6.	Kettlebell half get-up</p>
<br>
<p>Why it works:  Twenty minutes of kettlebell exercises burns the equivalent of running a six-minute mile.</p>
<br>
<br>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2020 12:33:46 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Jumping rope - An activity for everyone ]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-jumping-rope-an-activity-for-everyone-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Skipping a jumping rope is an exercise that is inevitable in any workout. Whether you are in great shape, want effective cardio training, want to improve performance in your workout, or just have fun - skipping a jump rope is the right choice for you.</p> 
<br>
<p>This is an activity that is recommended to everyone. Include it in regular training and determine for yourself how comfortable you are to use it.</p>
<br>
<p>First, skip the screw a few inches from the floor, giving the rope plenty of space to pass under your feet. Keep your elbows close to your hips as you twist it around. Movement should come from the wrists and forearms, not from the shoulders. If you get tired before you finish your workout, drop the rope and keep jumping without it. The appropriate rope should not be higher than your armpit when you place one foot in the middle of the rope and lift the handles.</p>
<br>
<p> Training with a jump rope becomes aerobic when we train for longer than 10 minutes. If we want to improve the speed of the arms and legs, we need to do as many reps as possible in as short a time as possible. The contact of the foot with the pad should also be short and the rhythm synchronizes with all muscle groups. </p>
<br>
<p>These exercises are one of the most effective for the weight loss process and body shaping. About 30 minutes of skipping you can lose about 350 calories. Jumping rope exercises speed up metabolism by up to 25%. They are thought to be better for weight loss even than running because they are safer for joints and knees. </p>
<br>
<p>Jumping rope workout quickly develops balance and coordination. These abilities play an important role in sports, reducing the chance of injury and maintaining balance and it has a positive effect on mood and like any physical activity produces endrophin, which creates a sense of happiness and contentment. These exercises ideally stimulate concentration, relaxing your body and mind. </p>
<br>
<br>
<p>The benefits of skipping a rope</p>
<br>
<p>-Affordable price </p>
<p>-Burning calories quickly </p>
<p>-Easy portability</p>
<p>-It doesn't take much space</p>
<p>-It doesn't take much time</p>
<p>-Reduces the possibility of injury</p>
<p>-Strengthens, shapes and tones the muscles of the whole body</p>
<p>-Strengthens the cardiovascular and respiratory systems - And they have a positive effect on brain function</p>
<p>- It has a positive effect on mood</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2020 14:08:51 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Treadmill - Beginner Program]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-treadmill-beginner-program/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>As we may have noticed in fitness centers, treadmill definitely belongs to the most popular props when it comes to cardio training. In the gym, we see people spending hours on the treadmill and we can also see workouts doing cardio training for only half an hour. There are various discussions about whether it is better to run or walk on an incline. Because of that, you probably were in a dilemma and wondered which of these two groups of people was actually doing the right thing.</p> 
<br>
<p>Treadmill training is definitely a great choice if your goal is to burn as many calories as possible. No doubt you will be able to burn a three-digit calorie count whether you choose to run or walk quickly with or without inclination. Since beginners are the ones who most often choose cardio workouts, we certainly recommend a low intensity of prolonged duration.
<br>
<p>For people who have a higher percentage of fat and are in bad physical shape, it is recommended that they start 1-2 times a week for 20-40 minutes of walking or walking a little faster. You should walk at the speed where the pulse reaches 60% of your maximum pulse. It's a fat burning zone and that's where you burn calories and, most importantly, lose weight.</p>
<br>
<p>Medium intensity training in the form of faster walking, inclined walking and light jogging, will be appropriate for beginners who have a certain level of fitness and should last 30 minutes 2-3 times a week. At the same time, you will burn calories and increase the shape of your cardio-respiratory system. When it comes to gaining and increasing good shape, assuming you are in the best physical shape, we suggest running faster and sprinting for 20-30 minutes with preheating and cooling.</p>
<br>
<p> Let's mention one important thing about determining the intensity of cardio training, which is pulse. Light activity means 55-65% of maximal heart rate, medium intensity 65-75% of maximal heart rate, higher level 75-85%. High exercise intensity implies 85-95% of maximal heart rate.</p> 
<br>
<p>The best time for this workout is in the morning, as this will encourage your body to burn calories quickly throughout the day. Pay attention to the intensity of this training, as it is important for morning training to be of low intensity. Before a morning cardio workout, eat a smaller, healthy and high-calorie protein meal if you want to have the strength to endure your entire workout. This is especially important for those who want to maintain muscle volume in addition to removing fat. Another recommendation for this morning's workout is that it should not take more than an hour to prevent muscle breakdown.</p>
<br>
<p>In addition to all the above benefits, this training is also good because it strengthens the heart and lungs and reduces the heart rate when you are at rest. They increase blood flow to the brain, which promotes better concentration and also contributes to reducing stress and boosting the immune system.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 12:51:56 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to stay hydrated properly?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-how-to-stay-hydrated-properly-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[ <p><strong>How much water should we drink before, during and after training?</strong></p>

<br>
<br>

<p>Before training, everyone should drink about 250ml, and after training, it is necessary to drink about 450ml of water at half hour intervals. As for the training itself, this is an individual matter, because not everyone has the same regimen and duration of training, so experts recommend drinking 400ml of water every hour.</p>

<br>

<p>This way the body will stay well hydrated. If you are engaged in strenuous and time-consuming workouts, then you need to drink electrolyte-enriched water that will further help your body recover.</p>

<br>
<br>

 <p><strong>Loss of fluid during training</strong></p>

<br>
<br>

<p>Sweating is the biggest cause of fluid loss. The water is also lost by evaporation through the exhaled air that is saturated with water vapor and through the skin. Increased sweating very quickly leads to dehydration and, consequently, to an increase in the concentration of extracellular fluid and simultaneous drying of the cells.</p>

<br>

<p>Water plays an equally important role in the course of physical exertion, namely cooling. In order to avoid overheating of the body, it is necessary to bring in as much cold water as possible, but not too cold, to cool the body more efficiently.</p>

<br>
<br>

 <p><strong>When is the fluid being drunk?</strong></p>

<br>
<br>

<p>The fluid is drunk before, during and after training. The fluid should be introduced continuously. If sufficient body hydration is not provided before the workout, the deficiency can no longer be compensated by ingesting fluid during the workout. In other words, training should not be entered with a water deficit.</p>

<br>

<p>Water deficiency should be compensated for by the continuous intake of smaller amounts of fluid during training. It is recommended to drink 100ml of pure cold water cooled to about 10?C every 15 minutes. Fluid intake should not be interrupted after training.</p>

<br>
<br>

<p><strong>How Much Liquid Should Be Ingested?</strong></p>

<br>
<br>

<p>The missing amount of water should not be brought in at once, but gradually in small portions, slow sipping. Sudden swallows inserts a large amount of air into the stomach, which can create a feeling of discomfort or even cramping. Therefore, carbonated liquids are by no means recommended.</p>

<br>
<br>

<p><strong>What to drink?</strong></p>

<br>
<br>

<p>Water cooled to about 10?C is absorbed much faster in the intestines than water at room temperature. It also cools the blood. prevents the body from overheating. Almost everything added to water slows its absorption.</p>

<br>

<p>After great effort, water should be drunk while walking. When muscles abruptly relax they often experience cramps and injuries, because the tired muscles at rest do not receive enough blood to eliminate the accumulated waste products.</p>

<br>

<p><strong>Before starting the workout, it is necessary to perform a rehydration of the body, during the activity - hydration, in order to avoid dehydration, and the last stage would be fluid restoration or rehydration.</strong></p>

























]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 11:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Healthy weight loss with regular training ]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-healthy-weight-loss-with-regular-training/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[

<p>Nutrition and exercise go hand in hand. When and what you eat can be important for how you feel while exercising, whether it’s a casual or competitive workout. Consider these eating and exercise tips.</p>
<br>
<br>



 <p><strong>1. Eat a healthy breakfast  </strong></p>

<br>
<br>


<p> If you exercise in the morning, get up early to finish your breakfast at least one hour before exercise. Studies suggest that eating or consuming carbohydrates before exercise can improve exercise results and may allow you to exercise for longer periods or at greater intensity. </p>
<br>
<br>

<p> If you planing to exercise within an hour after breakfast, we recommend a light breakfast or smoothie. Focus on carbohydrates for maximum energy.</p>

<br>
<br>




<p>Good breakfast options include:</p>
<br>
<br>




<p>• Whole grains or bread </p>

<p>• Low-fat milk</p>

<p>• Freshly squeezed juice</p>

<p>• Banana</p>

<p>•	Yogurt</p>

<br>
<br>

<p><strong>2. Keep an eye on the portion size</strong></p>

<br>
<br>

<p>Be careful not to overdo it with the portion size. The general guidelines suggest:</p>

<p>• Large meals. Eat them at least three to four hours before exercise.</p>

<p>• Small meals or snacks. Eat them approximately one to three hours before exercise.</p>

<p>Large portions before training can slow you down. It is also essential that you have the energy to train.</p>

<br>
<br>


<p><strong>3. Don't forget the snack!</strong></p>

<br>
<br>

<p>Most people can eat small snacks just before and after exercise.</p>
<p>If you plan to workout for more than 60 minutes, it will benefit you if you include a carbohydrate-containing food or drink during your workout. Good snack options include:</p>

<br>
<br>
<p>• Energy and protein bars</p>

<p>• Banana, apple or other fresh fruit</p>

<p>•	Yogurt</p>

<p>• Fruit smoothie</p>

<p>• Whole grain cereals</p>

<p>• Low fat granola</p>

<p>• Peanut butter sandwich</p>

<p>• Freshly squeezed juice</p>

<br>
<br>

<p>A healthy snack is especially important if you plan your workout hours after a meal.</p>

<br>
<br>

<p><strong>4. Eat after exercise</strong></p>

<br>
<br>
<p>To help your muscles recover and replace their glycogen stores, consume a high carbohydrate and protein meal within two hours of exercise, if possible. A good selection of post-workout foods includes: </p>

<br>
<br>

<p>• Yogurt and fruit </p>

<p>• Peanut butter sandwich </p>

<p>• Low fat chocolate milk  </p>

<p>• Smoothie for recovery after training </p>


<p>• Integral bread with vegetables</p>


<br>
<br>





<p>Remember to drink fluid. You need proper fluids before, during and after exercise to prevent dehydration.</p>

<br>
<br>

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 14:02:04 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to choose the ideal treadmill?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-how-to-choose-the-ideal-treadmill-xplorer-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[ <p> One of the common questions when we decide to buy a treadmill is what types exist and which one will suit me?</p>
<br>
<br>




<p>Types of treadmill</p>
<br>
<br>




<p><strong> - Motorized treadmills </strong></p>
<br>
<br>



<p><strong> - Mechanical treadmills </strong></p>
<br>
<br>


<p><strong> - Magnetic treadmills </strong></p>
<br>
<br>



 <p> When choosing a treadmill, you need to pay attention to your training needs and capabilities.</p>
<br>
<br>




   <p><strong>    Advantages of Motorized treadmill </strong></p>
<br>
<br>



  <p>  Within the motor treadmill, there is an engine that drives the treadmill  while the user is running or walking, during the activity on the lane the engine starts the lane itself on which you walk or run. In this activity where the engine itself drives the lane, the activity of the user is minimal. As you increase your workload or speed you burn more calories and your workout is more intense.</p>
<br>
<br>





  <p>  If you want to  exercise daily and don't have time to walk, a motor treadmill is the ideal choice.</p>
<br>
<br>





   <p><strong>Benefits of Magnetic treadmill</strong></p>
<br>
<br>





 <p>  Magnetic treadmill  requires more intense training, unlike the motor treadmill, which has a motor in its construction, the magnetic treadmill contains magnets in the structure. The user initiates the running belt itself when training, walking or running. With magnetic tape, while the user is walking or running on the treadmill, the running belt itself is triggered.</p>
<br>
<br>




  <p>  This requires a higher level of fitness activity, magnetic treadmills are more suitable for walking or fast walking.</p>

<br>
<br>






  <p> The mechanical belt features a belt-driven load system that drives a steel flywheel.</p>
<br>
<br>



  <p> Like other types of treadmills, the Mechanical treadmill  has a  option of adjusting  the load and intensity of your workout. When you adjust the  resistance levels , the flywheel is relaxed or tightened to increase or decrease the resistance and the load itself.</p>
<br>
<br>


]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 15:12:14 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Sonic & Xplorer Blaze Magnetic Treadmills]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/-xplorer-sonic-and-xplorer-blaze-magnetic-treadmills-/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p><strong> Xplorer Sonic & Xplorer Blaze Magnetic Treadmills</strong></p>
<br>
<br>

<p>Magnetic treadmills are the ideal training equipment for  your home.
Are you looking for the ideal device for losing fat and burning calories, or you  just want to do a daily workout and feel better?</p>

<br>
<br>

<p><strong> Ideal for beginners and advanced users.</strong></p>

<p>We are presenting two Xplorer Magnetic treadmill models, design differences are minimal and both treadmill have the same load strength.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p>The Xplorer Sonic Magnetic treadmill comes with a water bottle and a bottle holder that comes with the device. There are differences in the design of the LCD monitor, while the functions are identical.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p>The user moves the magnetic strip by himself, as he walks.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p>This type of fitness equipment does not require electricity.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p>Training can be light or intense depending on the load you set.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p><strong>  Xplorer Sonic Magnetic Treadmill</strong></p>
<br>
<br>


<p> The  Magnetic Treadmill xplorer Sonic  comes with a 3.5 kg flywheel with 8 adjustable degrees of resistance to suit individual needs.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p>An LCD computer monitors: speed, calories burned, pulse, scanning, distance, time.
The advantage of both treadmill is that they don’t  take up much of a space even when folded out.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p> Dimensions of the Xplorer Sonic: 66 x 65 x 122 cm

You can easily fold the treadmill  after one workout and put it away.
You can adjust the slope of the bar to suit you, the Xplorer Sonic Magnetic Bar has the ability to adjust the slope to two degrees.</p>
<br>
<br>


<p><strong>   Xplorer Blaze Magnetic Treadmill</strong></p>
<br>
<br>

<p>The Xplorer magnetic treadmill is designed for users weighing up to 110 kg. This affordable and lightweight, simple and safe magnetic strap at minimal cost will give you the pleasure of running and quality training in your home.</p>
<br>
<br>

<p>The Xplorer Blaze Magnetic Strip comes with a 3.5kg flywheel with 8 adjustable resistance levels to suit your individual needs.An LCD computer monitors: speed, calories burned, pulse, scanning, distance, time.<p>
<br>
<br>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Feb 2020 12:29:28 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Relieve Stress With  Daily Exercise]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/Relieve-Stress-With-Daily-Exercise/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Fast tempo of life and various situations make us experience stress every day. Just imagine how stressful a life of a busy adult can be, from typical workday dosed with stress (traffic jams, deadlines...) to planning your finances and dealing with the unexpected.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>



<p>No matter what you do in your life to avoid stress, it will be there, every day. So, what can we do about it?</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>

<p>There is one excellent way to deal with stress and improve one's health at the same time: exercise</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>

 <p> Any form of physical exercise will increase your overall health and reduce stress, the only important thing is to exercise often and start after a stressful workday.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>

<p>Stress relief benefits</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>


 <p>  • More endorphins. Physical activity greatly increases the production of endorphins, the feel-good neurotransmitters in your brain. Endorphins help reduce stress by making you feel better, often called a runner's high.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>




 <p>  • Feels like a meditation. During your training session, you will forget about the day's irritations and stressors by concentrating on your body's movements.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>


 <p> • Improving your mood. Regular exercise increases levels of self-confidence, lowers symptoms of mild depression and anxiety. Exercise will also improve your sleep which is often disrupted by stress.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>


  <p> All of these benefits can relieve your stress levels (at least after your stressful workdays) and provide you with a sense of control of your body and your life.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>


 <p>All in all, exercise is the way to go for dealing with stress, there is no better natural stress relief. Whatever you do, do not think of exercise as one more thing on your to-do list, you can avoid that by finding a form of physical activity you enjoy the most. Remember, all of us experience stress and the most important thing is dealing with it. Less stress, better life.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jan 2020 12:02:40 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Quality exercise  without much investment!]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/quality-exercise-without-much-investment/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Exercise will help us maintain weight, strengthen the heart and lungs, reduce stress and risk of heart disease, get rid of depression and anxiety, gain confidence, better sleep and more energy.</p>


<p>Fitness exercises will contribute not only to good looks but also to quality of life.
Indoor bikes are one of the most popular and affordable types of fitness equipment. With a room bike, you can do quality training cheaply and without much investment.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>

<p>Almost anyone can use indoor bicycles,  it is well known that cycling as a sport has a great effect on the cardio - vascular system.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>

<p>The elliptical trainer is one of the most popular training devices and provides complete body training.
With an elliptical trainer, you will exercise both the upper and lower body at the same time, activating all the leg muscles, including the quadriceps, knee tendons, gluteus and leaves.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>

<p>The Xplorer Resolve Indoor Bike is an ideal device for beginners and advanced users, as it can do light but intense workouts. Exercising on a bicycle reduces fat deposits, strengthens muscles, and improves the cardiovascular system. Burning calories has never been easier, and is now possible from the comfort of your own home.
The pedal strap ensures more efficient use.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>


<p>The Xplorer Resolve room bike comes with a 2 kg flywheel with 8 adjustable resistance levels for individual needs.
An LCD computer monitors: speed, calories burned, pulse, scanning, distance, time.</p>


<p>The Xplorer Wave Bike  is an enhanced version of the room bike. It comes with a solid backrest that provides quality training. </p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>



<p>The Xplorer Motion Elliptical Trainer provides complete training. Such training is ideal nowadays when we have less and less free time. The increased power of the flywheel with higher resistance makes it even more enjoyable to exercise.</p>
<br>
<p></p>
<p></p>

<p>The Xplorer trainer provides complete cardiovascular exercise, and is especially effective in burning calories and fat deposits. 
The training is dynamic and simulates the typical flow of walking, running, cycling or skiing, but without direct contact with the ground, thus less strain on the joints and knees.
The Xplorer Motion Elliptical Trainer comes with a 3kg flywheel with 8 adjustable resistance levels to suit your individual needs. An LCD computer monitors: speed, calories burned, pulse, scanning, distance, time.</p>
<br>
<p></p>




]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2020 12:06:56 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Treadmill for effective daily exercise in your home ]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/treadmill-for-effective-daily-exercise-in-your-home/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Advantages of using treadmill<p/>

<p>A treadmill is an easy way to reach your daily goal of 20 to 30 minutes of daily activity without too much effort. Bring your body into top shape from the comfort of your home. Whether your goal is weight loss, better fitness, or muscle strengthening, you can quickly achieve the results you want with treadmills. Ideal for beginners and advanced users.<p/>
<br>

<p>Effective and easy to use <p/>

<p>Of all fitness devices, treadmills are the easiest to use. The Xplorer treadmill is foldable and does not take up too much space in your home and when folded out. After the workout, you can fold it and put it away until the next workout.
The display bar shows your speed, burned calories, pulse rate, distance and time. The Scan option displays all of the options listed, giving you the ability to track your entire workout.<p/>
<br>

<p>Magnetic treadmills<p/>

<p>The magnetic treadmill does not require electricity consumption. If you are looking for an affordable and efficient treadmill Xplorer Magnetic treadmills are the ideal choice for you. Affordable  and easy to use, you will be able to train effectively in the comfort of your home.
The magnetic strip creates a load with a magnet whose distance is controlled by turning the wheel, when the magnets are close the load is higher and vice versa.
Magnetic - mechanical tape is rotated by the user himself as he walks, so does the strip on which he walks.
This kind of exercise  requires more commitment during training and more energy use, which also depends on the load you place on your Magnetic Treadmill.
Magnetic treadmill requires that you invest your energy during training so that you do not waste electricity, therefore training can be more intense than training on electrical tape.
</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2019 13:26:02 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to ride safe with an electric scooter?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/how-to-ride-safe-with-an-electric-scooter/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> With the increasing number of electric scooters on the road, there is a need for additional traffic regulation in the form of protection for all participants. Some countries have already adopted regulations for driving electric scooters, so in Germany, for example, they are required to drive solely on the roadway. On the other hand, some countries are still in the process of making decisions. So, in case you’re riding either on the sidewalk or on road, here are couple of advices for a safe ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> First of all, be sure to read the e-scooter user guide. The guide contains all the important notes you should follow, as well as the basic functions of using and maintaining your electric pet. If something is not clear, contact customer service and ask for the latest details. <p/>
<br>

<p> During the first ride of the new scooter, take it easy. Do not hit the speed dial immediately. At least until you feel how the scooter works. Although our e-scooters feature solid construction, it's not a bad idea to start at a slightly lower speed. It's easy to switch to the strongest driving speed in a second. If you are riding on a macadam or smaller puddle, be sure to wipe the scooter after use. Take care of your e-scooter and if you notice that something is wrong, call your service technician. <p/>
<br>

<p> If you are driving on the sidewalk, take care of other traffic participants of course, including cyclists who ride on the sidewalk, especially when crossing the cycle path. As Xplorer scooters come with a bell, you can always alert any pedestrian or cyclist on time. Also, in our experience, "sorry" and "thank you" can do wonders on the road. <p/>
<br>

<p> We know that it is harder to wear helmet on the heat, but the helmet keeps your head safe. You never know when someone can jump out in front of you or if someone will ride through red light. Unfortunately, that's what happens. A helmet on your head is definitely our recommendation, especially if you are taking a long ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> During night driving, besides the light that comes with the e-scooter, our recommendation is to wear a reflective vest. It is not the most attractive choice, but it is a great benefit for you and other road users. <p/>
<br>

<p> A few tips are here. Feel free to share with us what else you think is important and drive slowly.<p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2019 08:53:21 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Which electric scooter to choose?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/which-electric-scooter-to-choose/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Speed, distance, ease of transport, adjustability of the steering wheel, colors, price and many other factors influence the choice of the electric scooter. With the increasing number of e-scooters on the road, prices for all of them, even those with stronger features are declining, making them available to almost everyone. We currently have two models to choose from, Green City and Cherokee V2. <p/>
<br>

<p> Green City may also be the lightest electric scooter at the market. Extremely easy to carry, with 25 km/h speed, it is a good choice for a comfortable city ride. The range of the Green City model is shorter than average and with a single charge it goes up to 10 km, but it is certainly enough for normal driving around the city. Green City can be yours for 349€ making it one of the most affordable e-scooters. <p/>
<br>

<p>The Cherokee V2 is the new generation of last year's model. Faster and better with stronger tires, up to 30 km with a single charge and a speed of 25 km / h. The strong construction makes driving completely safe, so you can easily “push” yourself to the suburbs. However, we recommend to put a helmet on, just in case. As safe as it is, we always recommend extra precautions when it comes to driving. <p/>
<br>

<p> Now that we have introduced two models, here are our recommendations. If you need an easy-to-drive scooter and you plan to stop by for a coffee in the city center or the grocery store, Green City is your choice. Given the price of 349€, it is more affordable than most on the market and it has an extremely good value for money. For longer city rides and testing your limits, your choice is the Cherokee V2. You will have to cash out a little bit more for it, but the investment will be worth it. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2019 10:31:36 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Industrial development with augmented reality]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/industrial-development-with-augmented-reality/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Although many people have the perception of using augmented reality only in games or for some other type of entertainment, there is almost no industry today that has not already encountered augmented reality. Previously, we have written about the benefits of augmented reality in medicine and tourism and some other industries, and today we will focus on well-known brands that have linked their own augmented reality applications to "deepen" their customers' experience with the brand. <p/>
<br>
<p> Jack Daniel's has created a digital version of it's distillery. Everything that customer needs to enjoy the production process is available with one click away through an application that scans Jack Daniel's label, providing a complete experience for all customers, no matter where they are. <p/>
<br>

<p> Lufthansa, Europe's largest airline, has used augmented reality applications to show installation processes and other technical specifications to all airline users. <p/>
<br>

<p> The Butterfly Pavillon, a Philadelphia museum, wanted to extend the experience for visitors and they did so with augmented reality using the museum's first interactive mural. With the help of the app, users should just position their device in front of the mural to enjoy 3D animation and video inside the museum. <p/>  
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 11:38:50 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Fun with augmented reality]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/fun-with-augmented-reality/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Rain and bad weather set you up in a bad mood? You cannot drive a bicycle or hoverboard so you’re looking for fun? Look no more because fun is guaranteed with AR consoles! You do not have to spend hundreds of dollars on expensive consoles because the AR console can be yours for 9,99$! That’s right. More than 20 different fun games are available with only one app. <p/>
<br>
<p> If you choose our base model Crossfire or Xcalibur, you have to download the Super AR application. For some more advanced consoles like Protons or Blasters, there is an AR Gun application. Why are Proton and Blaster more advanced gaming consoles? Thanks to the additional joystick, you will be able to easily change the ammo; you can zoom and move smoothly around in space. <p/>
<br>

<p> Although the AR consoles seem to be only for children, the whole family can enjoy them. The fact is that kids spend too much time on smartphones, but with the game consoles we are also encouraging their movement and the development of motor skills. If the whole family is involved in playing then the real fun begins. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Apr 2019 09:36:12 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[History of electric bicycles]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/history-of-electric-bicycles/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> In the 1890s, electric bikes started to appear in US patents. <p/>
<br>
<p> At the end of 1895. Ogden Bolton Jr. was granted a patent for a bicycle powered by batteries with 6-pole hub motor mounted in the rear wheel. The motor was powered by a 10V battery which was able to output 100A. <p/>
<br>

<p> In 1897, H.W. Libbey invented an electric bicycle with dual motor drive situated next to the crank. That design was taken by Giant in 1990s. <p/>
<br>

<p> In 1898 and 1899, patents were given for belt drive and friction drive electric bicycles. Torque sensors and power controllers where not used until the 1990s. At that time cheaper e-bikes had lead-acid batteries while high-end bikes had NiCd and lithium batteries which were lighter and more powerful. In 2001, lithium ion batteries were the new go-to option because of their superior capacity, high power, and low weight. <p/>
<br>

<p> 1990. Michael Kutter manufactured first pedal-assist e-bikes (today known as PAS). Pedal assist bikes had no throttle and the motor turns on when the rider starts pedaling. Alas, his e-bikes were not popular on the market and Kutter went broke. His design was taken by Yamaha in 1993. <p/>
<br>

<p> With rapid technological development and spikes in fossil fuel prices, e-bikes became very popular in a short amount of time. Today, e-bike count is more than 200.000.000 worldwide and it's rapidly increasing. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Mar 2019 08:19:01 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Blaster AR console]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/blaster-ar-console/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> So far we've introduced Crossfire, Xcalibur and Proton AR gun and now it's time for Blaster. This fun gadget that connects with your smartphone serves to play numerous mobile games. Download the AR GUN app (app store, google play), connect AR console via Bluetooth with a smartphone and go to a new adventure. It is the most fun to play first-person shooters, as you can use 360 ° rotation and maximum mobility during a game. Why we put Blaster in a group with Proton and what makes it different from Crossfire and Xcalibur? This popular model has additional controls for quick-change ammo, zoom and a joystick on the side that is used to move around the space. AR Gun application supports augmented reality so you can shoot at enemies while your current environment is displayed in the background. <p/>
<br>
<p> Like all other consoles, Blaster is a gaming console for the entire family. Children do not have to enjoy games themselves, but parents can join them as well. The best part? You will not pay the whole fortune for the console because they are now available for 9,99€ only. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2019 08:17:03 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Electric scooters Bulldog and Harley]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/electric-scooters-bulldog-and-harley/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Xplorer Harley is an electric scooter which will make a big deal in a transport system. A solid and stable construction with an incredible 1200W power engine will make your next driving experience safe and unforgettable. Speed up to 40 km/h will be an ideal solution for the city ride, but also for nature trips. Thanks to the wide tires, Harley runs smoothly on all trails. One charge will be enough for 35-40 km of enjoyment in the adventurous ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> Xplorer Bulldog is your next, favorite pet from which you will not take your hands off. The electric scooter will be ideal for anyone looking for even more adrenaline and fun while driving. The wind in the hair, the adventurous ride, but most importantly - safety on the road is all that comes with Bulldog, and that will surely impress you totally. <p/>
<br>

<p> This electric beast is characterized by solid and stable construction and an incredible 1500W engine. More than enough to make your next ride an incredible and unforgettable experience. Just be careful - if this is your first time to try something like this, do not press the gas all the way. Our warm recommendation is to go slowly until you feel the power of the engine, and then when you feel safer, you can add gas and enjoy a quicker ride. <p/>
<br>
<p> With Xplorer electric scooters, it's finally time to forget about old, classic ways of transport. Why would you drive in a car and stress in traffic jams? No need. With one of our electric scooters, you will enjoy the adrenaline ride and you won't be taking your hands out of it. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2019 08:12:48 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[3 reasons why the electric scooter is better than a car]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/3-reasons-why-the-electri-scooter-is-better-than-a-car/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Electric scooter is starting to be the most attractive way of transport. Especially if we talk about the going to work and avoiding crowds around the city. With a car you always have to think about where you're going to park, how much time you will lose and how big crowds are going to be. With an electric scooter you can get rid of stress and enjoy the fresh air while driving to work. Below you can read our 3 reasons why we choose an electric scooter in relation to a car. <p/>
<br>

<p> 1. E-scooter is more ecologically acceptable than a car. There is no release of harmful gases into the air and the environment, making it completely ecologically aware. Therefore, apart from enjoying the air while driving, you contribute to protecting the environment. Good for you! <p/>
<br>


<p> 2. Electric scooter is the best solution for avoiding traffic jams. Less stress, more joy. With e-scooter you get more time for yourself, because you do not have to think about where you're going to park your car. But have in mind to take a good care of the people on the sidewalk if you're driving your e-scooter there. <p/>
<br>


<p> 3. Xplorer electric scooters are simple to transport. They are foldable and can be easily carried anywhere with you. Whether you are going to the office, city or school, the e-scooter can always be with you. <p/>

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Mar 2019 09:13:32 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Training with IE 500 and Bluetooth earphones]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/training-with-ie-500-and-bluetooth-earphones/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Summer is coming and now is the best time to get your body to the best shape. No, we do not say you have to look like a supermodel, but exercise also leads to better health, metabolism and you feel much better at the end of the day. <p/>
<br>
<p> Although it is a nice weather around of us and it is ideal for training in nature, a day can happen when you just don't want to leave your house. Maybe you do not have time to go outside, get back home, take a shower and go out again. With the elliptical trainer IE 500, you can get the best results from the comfort of your home. <p/>
<br>

<p> This elliptical trainer perfectly simulates natural body movements while running thanks to its special design with rails and rollers which provide linear stride. Compared to other elliptical trainers, arm and leg movements completely correspond to natural movements which are important for right muscle activation. <p/>
<br>

<p> One very important feature of elliptical trainers is their impact on joints and ligaments. It is well known that almost all runners have experienced issues with their knees or ligaments in their heels due to repeated impacts while running. Elliptical trainer completely eliminates that problem because your feet are on platforms during the whole exercise and impact on joints and ligaments is very low which is ideal for older people and those who have joint issues. <p/>
<br>

<p> For those who prefer workout outside the home, with the Xplorer Bluetooth earphones, we are confident that the training results will be much better. Why? Music can be a great motivator to achieve better results, especially if you adapt your playlist to a specific type of training. In our offer you can choose between the Bluetooth earphones BQ40,  BQ50 and BQ70. With all types you can be sure the headphones stay in a place no matter what kind of training you do. Since the battery in all cases lasts for 4-5 hours, you can be sure that it will withstand full training. <p/>
<br>

<p> Then, are you joining us for training? <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2019 08:02:30 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Connecting AR gun with smartphone]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/connecting-ar-gun-with-smartphone/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Do you have problems connecting the AR console to your smartphone? <p/>
 
<br>

<p> Don't worry! In fact, there is no connection problem, just keep reading the blog and you'll see how much it is actually easy. What happens usually is that a lot of people are turning on Bluetooth on a smartphone, and turning on AR console at the same time. But, when you put a Bluetooth on, don't search for other connected devices because you won't find AR gun there. What do you really need to do? After you turn on Bluetooth, the console will automatically connect to your smartphone every time you launch the application. Why? Because the console itself serves as a kind of application. <p/>
<br>

<p> How do I properly connect my AR gun to my smartphone? <p/>
<br>

<p> To get started, download the Super AR or AR Gun application. The simplest way is to scan the QR code from the box of AR gun that leads to link for app download. Of course, there is a classic way to download the app, just go to the Play Store where you can easily download it.After downloading the application, place the batteries in the AR console (2xAAA for Crossfire, Proton and Blaster, 3xAA for Xcalibur) and turn on the console (for Proton, Xcalibur and Crossfire press the trigger, for Blaster hold trigger for 2 seconds). <p/>
<br>

<p> Turn on Bluetooth on your smartphone and start the application. The application will connect to the console automatically. After connecting, the console will be ready to use. And that's it. We hope we have solved all the dilemma of connecting the console to the mobile phone. Enjoy the game. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Mar 2019 10:14:56 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[5 reasons why electric bicycle is better than a car]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/5-reasons-why-electric-bicycle-is-better-than-a-car/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> We won’t ignore the fact that the car is needed in some of our daily activities. But let’s be realistic, we are often using a car for things we don’t actually need it for. Below are our 5 reasons why we think the electric bike is better than the car. <p/>
<br>
<p> 1. An electric bike is an environmentally friendly solution as opposed to a car. An ideal and practical solution for trips to work or for nature rides. With an e-bike, you can forget about traffic, noise, or emission of harmful gases. <p/>
<br>

<p> 2. Electric bicycles are very practical for holidays, especially if you’re on the coast, and you want to explore some other beaches or go somewhere else on the trip. You do not have to think about where to park and you can enjoy a new adventure with a great ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> 3. Physical activity is a very important factor, especially today when we live mainly in a sedentary way of life. If you put your e-bike on the lowest speed or you turn off PAS, you can train while you’re driving since you will be pedaling without any help from the engine. <p/>
<br>

<p> 4. An electric bicycle is easy to transport. It's easy to carry or to transport. <p/>
<br>

<p> 5. With an electric bicycle, you are never alone. Felt of freedom? Invaluable. Unlike a regular bicycle, with an electric bike, you can be faster and you can explore more of the destinations. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2019 08:32:24 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Welcome spring with electric bicycle]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/welcome-spring-with-electric-bicycle/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Nice weather is ahead of us and now is the best time to get your folding electric bicycle. A large number of our partners currently have an offer where Xplorer Mini can be yours for 600€. We know this is not the money you just have in your pocket (if you have it, it's good for you). But with the possibility of paying in 12 instalments, buying an electric bicycle will be a very worthwhile investment. <p/>
<br>
<p> The Xplorer Mini achieves speeds up to 25 km/h, and with one charge it goes up to 30 km. It is ideal for any kind of holiday. If you are planning to take a couple of free days before the summer or get ready for some good camping before the summer heat, the Xplorer Mini will be the best solution for a better vacation experience. Since it is foldable and weighs only 13 kg, which is nothing for an electric bicycle, you will be able to carry it with you or put it in your truck without any problems. <p/>
<br>

<p> Since spring is coming, temperatures are ideal for cycling. Whether you're going to work or just want to be in nature, the e-bike is with you whatever you go. You don’t’ even have time to get sweat on the electric bicycle so you can count on it and if you have any kind of business meeting in the city. You do not have to think about parking, losing time in the crowds at the traffic light. Forget the stress and start enjoying your way to work. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Feb 2019 13:57:55 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Crossfire AR console]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/crossfire-ar-console/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Hello everybody, hope you're all doing fine. Today we introduce Xplorer Crosffire, AR gun, a game console that connects with your smartphone and allows you to enjoy more than 20 different games with only one app. Sounds good? Wait until you hear it can be yours for less than 10 pounds. SO no need to throw all of your money on expensive game consoles. Get your Crossfire and enjoy the game today. <p/>
<br>
<p> Before you start anything, you'll need to put 2 x AAA battery in your gun. Then, you need to download Super AR app (compatible with iOs and Android) and put a Bluetooth on your smartphone on. The phone will automatically connect with a gun. Once it's connected, put the phone on the phone holder on the gun and start your new game. Choose between 20 different games on the app. We will choose here crashing down the planes. You can see how it looks. Fun. Isn't it? The best part, you can put a game in your own environment to make it more real. <p/>
<br>
<p> There you are, all set. We will leave you now to enjoy the game. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Feb 2019 08:58:53 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Wrangler hoverboard]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/wrangler-hoverboard-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> You ask for it, you got it! The 8.5" hoverboard model comes back as a Wrangler, a beast you will carry everywhere with you. You think you know something about hoverboard driving? The best adventures are yet to come. <p/>

<br>

<p> Powerful 700W motor and 8,5 "large wheels - do we really need to add something else here? The masive design and solid construction feature this model that will blow your mind, mostly because you can enjoy the ride on uneven terrain. The speed of 12 km/h makes the adrenaline ride, which is why you will be the main attraction on the streets. The Samsung battery will be sufficient for a 15-20 km range withn one charge so you can go completely careless anywhere with Wrangler. <p/>
<br>

<p> Like other Xplorer models, you can connect your Wrangler with your smartphone via Bluetooth and enjoy it even more. Measure speed, check out the best tricks on the hoverboard, connect with your crew, and organize the race. There are no more boundaries for the entertainment! <p/>


]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2019 08:15:18 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[New hoverboard model Falcon - soon with us!]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/new-hoverboard-model-falcon-soon-with-us/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Looking for a hoverboard convenient for your pocket? Look no more because here is Falcon, a new generation of 6.5 "hoverboards. Elegant design and  smaller dimensions are  the main reason why you won't be getting out anywhere without Falcon. <p/>
<br>


<p> Falcon has LED lights that allow you to enjoy adventures and tricks during the night. With a 500W motor and a powerful Li-ion battery, you'll be able to cross 15-20 km with only one charge, reaching a speed of 12 km/h. <p/>
<br>


<p> Thanks to its smaller size and weight of 9 kg, you can easily carry it with you wherever you go. You can connect it to your smartphone via Bluetooth and enjoy the ride even more. Ideal for beginners, but also for those who enjoy comfortable and easy-going city ride. <p/>

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Feb 2019 07:50:06 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xcalibur AR console]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xcalibur-ar-console/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Hello everybody, doing fine today? Looking for some fun games and aventures you can enjoy for affordable price? Look no more because today we introduce you Xplorer Xcalibur, AR gun.What is AR gun anyway? It is augmented reality gun which, as its name says, augments your reality. With Xcalibur you'll be able to enjoy more than 20 different games with one app only and the best part? It costs less than 11 pounds. 11 ponuds, you heard it right. SO, how does it work? <p/>
<br>

<p> Before you start anything, you'll need to put 3 x AA baterry in your gun. Then, you need to download Super AR app and put a bluetooth on your smartphone on. Phone will automatically connect with a gun. Once it's connected, put the phone on the phone holder on the gun and start your new game. Choose between 20 different games on the app. We will choose here crashing down the planes. You can see how it looks. Fun. Isn't it? The best part, you can put a game in your own enviroment to make it more real. <p/>
<br>

<p> There you are, all set. We will leave you now to enjoy the game. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Feb 2019 08:01:26 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Electric scooter - battery maintenance]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/electric-scooter-battery-maintenance/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> The Xplorer electric scooters come with Samsung lithium-ion batteries that can last long enough if you maintain them properly. The average life of such batteries is 500-1000 cycles (one cycle includes fully charge and battery discharge). After 500-1000 charging the battery loses about 30% of capacity, after which it should be replaced. How long will the battery last for your electrical scooter? It depends only on you. Below you can find a couple of tips on battery maintenance.
<br>

<p> 1. Lithium batteries should not be charged to 100% after every ride as it was the case with lead acid batteries. <p/>
<p> 2. Charge the battery to 100% only if you plan to use it in next 24-28 hours, anything longer than that will damage the battery (over time). <p/>
<p> 3. Do not over-discharge the battery (below 10-15%). If the battery's voltage is too low, it will permanently lose a tiny bit of its capacity which directly affects battery's performance. <p/>
<p> 4. To extend the battery life to its maximum you should charge it to 80-90% percent. <p/>
<p> 5. Do not expose the battery to extreme temperatures (below -5 °C and above 50°C). <p/>
<p> 6. If you plan to store your e-scooter for extended periods of time, charge the battery between 60-80% and every month check the battery level and charge if needed to avoid over-discharge and damage. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Feb 2019 08:13:04 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Training with IE 500, elliptical trainer]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/training-with-ie500-elliptical-trainer/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Xplorer IE 500 is a professional elliptical trainer which is intended for commercial use thanks to quality and longevity of carefully selected materials. <p/>
<br>
<p> This elliptical trainer perfectly simulates natural body movements while running thanks to its special design with rails and rollers which provide linear stride. Compared to other elliptical trainers, arm and leg movements completely correspond to natural movements which are important for right muscle activation. <p/>
<br>

<p> One very important feature of elliptical trainers is their impact on joints and ligaments. It is well known that almost all runners have experienced issues with their knees or ligaments in their heels due to repeated impacts while running. Elliptical trainer completely eliminates that problem because your feet are on platforms during the whole exercise and impact on joints and ligaments is very low which is ideal for older people and those who have joint issues. <p/>
<br>

<p> This machine has 15 (HRC, fat burn, HIT, hill, country...) +1 fully programmable modes. All 15 modes can be configured according to the user's requirements and every user can input their weight, height and other parameters to ensure correct HR target zones and calorie counts. The resistance control system uses magnetic induction to provide up to 450W of braking power (although specification says 300W). The large flywheel of 14 kg is used to ensure smooth operation. <p/>
<br>

<p> IE 500 is compatible with the iConsole+ app which adds fun to regular training sessions. iConsole+ app is used to simulate running on real-world terrains worldwide by using Google StreetView and terrain inclination data. After you choose your route, on your smartphone/tablet's display the route from Google Street View will appear (this app is great for hotels so that guests can jog or run around the place they are staying to explore their surroundings while training). <p/>
<br>

<p> The machine generates its own electricity and it operates by itself, so there is no need for the wall plug. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Feb 2019 07:55:42 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Bluetooth earphones ]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xplorer-bluetooth-earphones/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Do you want to train while enjoying your favorite music that motivates you more? You can do this with the Xplorer Bluetooth earphones with which training becomes a piece of cake, and the results will be better than before. And if you combine them with training on our IE 500 trainer, no better training than that one. <p/>
<br>

<p> In our offer, you can choose from three types of handset, BQ40, BQ50 and BQ70. To start all three models, the button in the middle should be held for 5 seconds. They are then ready to pair with the cell phone. Just put a Bluetooth on your cell phone on and there you are. Ready to use. <p/>
<br>

<p> BQ40 are the in-ear type, but they are not canal types like BQ 50 and BQ 70. If you ask me, they are much more comfortable for extended use. Driver size of 10 mm and impedance of 32 Ohms provide very good sound quality. BQ 40 also have integrated microphone for handsfree calls and voice commands. The battery lasts for 4 hours of listening to the music at the maximum volume which is great for such a small gadget. The battery recharges in around 2 hours. <p/>
<br>

<p> BQ 50 are in-ear headphones which means that they enter the ear canal which makes them more stable (they do not fall off during training/exercise). 10mm driver and 32-ohm impedance provide great sound quality with the frequency range from 20-20000Hz. Another advantage of these headphones is the microphone which enables hands-free use and voice commands. With all that, Xplorer BQ 50 are very durable, in the standby mode they can last for 140 hours, phone calls for 5 hours and listen to music at max. volume for 4 hours. Charge time is roughly 2 hours. If you get annoyed by tangled wires, you will no longer be with BQ 50 due to their design with a very short wire that goes around your head and thanks to magnets embedded in the headphones, you can wear them like a necklace when not in use. <p/>
<br>

<p> BQ 70 is the canal type headphones and have a very attractive red-grey design. They have embedded magnets so you can wear them as a necklace while not in use and. BQ 70 is very easy to tun on, just pull them apart and that is it. Headphones have silicone ear holders which makes them fit very securely in your ear and will not fall out even during most intense physical activities. Their battery lasts up to 4.5 hours. <p/>
<br>

<p> All three Xplorer Bluetooth headset models are great for sports. It's up to you which model to choose. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Feb 2019 08:15:29 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer AR Console Proton]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xplorer-ar-console-proton/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> We have written so much about an augmented reality that we can already put together a quality lecture about it. Although we know how many kids adore lectures, so maybe we better keep blogs. <p/>

<br>

<p> The AR console (Augmented Reality) is a fun gadget that connects to your cell phone and serves to play mobile games. Proton is a more advanced model of the console that will bring new dimensions of fun to all those who use it. Download the AR GUN app (app store, google play), connect the AR console via Bluetooth with smartphone and action can begin. <p/>

<br>

<p> It's best to play first-person shootings because you can use 360 ° rotation and maximum mobility during GamePlay. This popular model has additional commands for quick-change ammo, zoom, and a side-by-side joystick that is used to move around the space. The AR GUN application also supports augmented reality. In other words, you can set that Zombies or other enemies are jumping right in front of you in your environment. <p/>



]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Feb 2019 07:58:43 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Why do I need Dash Cam?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/why-do-I-need-dash-cam/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> And why not? Every day I read the news and I do not know if what to expect anymore. The accident here, the accident there. He passed through the red light, did not pass through the green. One crosses the road 100 meters from the pedestrian crossing. The drama here, the drama there. And even so, who knows. Although we have proposed hundreds of times that cars should be replaced by alternative forms of transportation such as electric bicycles and scooters, they cannot replace the car in any situation. That is why we have included in the offer dash cameras Q1 and Q2. <p/>
<br>
<p> The Xplorer dash camera Q1 will give you safety while driving. The camera shoots in Full HD resolution, has a G-sensor, a wide-screen recording, a screen view, and a WiFi connection provides connectivity and data transfer to a mobile phone or another smart device. It's easy to use and install. <p/>
<br>

<p> The Xplorer dash camera Q2 is an excellent camera with a 1920 × 1080 FHD resolution and a built-in G-sensor. The 2.4-inch LCD screen is easy to use while driving. With Full HD shooting resolution, you can easily read the registration plates and other similar information in case of an accident. Xplorer dash cameras are also affordable for your pocket. Just be careful while driving. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Feb 2019 07:32:23 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Maintaining an electric bicycle during winter]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/maintaining-an-electric-bicycle-during-winter/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> First of all, we're super proud of you because you're not parking your electric bike during winter. Since you're using it for city ride or you're planning to go to nature with it, here is a couple of advice for maintaining your bike during winter. <p/>
<br>

<p> Battery and bike maintenance<p/>
<br>

<p> We will keep this one short because we have already written about this. Due to winter conditions, count on weaker battery performance. After you complete your ride, carry the battery with you to work or home to a warm place. After each ride, wipe off the electric bicycle with a cloth and put some wax on your bike. And do not be lazy, every week you should take care of chain and clear it from sand, salt or dust. <p/>

<br>

<p> The tires
<br>

<p> If you do not have electric  bikes like Xplorer Dune and Xplorer Sydney, it would not be bad to think about purchasing a mountain bike tires (super winter) for mud. Those are very wide tires that has a very large gaps that gives you the grip needed to avoid slipping in the snow or ice. If you don' have money for them, there is a simpler solution. Get creative and make something equivalent to the chains on the car tires. All you have to do is get a zip-ties, but ones that are a bit stronger than a regular ones. Just put them around the tire so you get grip on slippery surfaces. Careful though, they will not hold on for all your rides so check them before each ride. <p/>

<br>

<p> Additional equipment<p/>
<br>

<p> Days may become longer as we approach spring. However, there is still fog and it is very likely that we are not done with snow. It may also happen that you sometimes remain overtime at work. We hope not. It is a recommendation and a legal obligation to wear a reflective vest overnight. We are also not delighted with the design of the reflective vests but let your imagination be on your mind and be creative here as with tires. You can use LED tire caps or LED tracks for your electric bike, which will keep you safe. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Feb 2019 08:17:47 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to ride hovershoes?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/how-to-ride-hovershoes/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Hovershoes or adrenaline fun on two separate wheels is a new form of great fun with which you can make unlimited number of moves. In other words, hovershoes are an improved version of hoverboard that is still popular. With hovershoes, you could easily become the new star of the Youtube scene and someone who will be followed by the millions of followers. With a top-of-the-range 250W motor, you can achieve a speed of 12 km / h. With a single charge you can go up to 10 km, and since charging takes only 2 hours, you will be able to quickly charge them up and prepare them for new tricks. Are there any rules on how to ride them? Surely. We will give you a couple of recommendations to stay safe on them, and you are then you are free to try all the moves you can imagine. <p/>
<br>
<p> Before driving <p/>
<br>
<p> Before you go, check if hovershoes are ON. You need to check the battery, or whether it is fully charged for the ride you plan to do. It is a good idea to have shoes with a flat sole for better balance during driving. <p/>


<br>

<p> How to get on hovershoes <p/>
<br>

<p> Like with hoverboard, the most fails occur when you try to get on or off the hovershoes. Before you start driving, it would not be bad to invite someone to be with you, at least until you get used to it. When you feel safer, get on the hovershoe with your whole foot and then get immediately with your other foot on second hovershoes. <p/>
<br>

<p> Driving <p/>
<br>

<p> Try to keep the same distance between the two hovershoes at the start to avoid uncontrolled stretch. By shifting body weight, you will control your speed. It is important to be relaxed throughout the ride, at least in the upper part of the body. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Feb 2019 08:00:22 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Blaster or Proton? Which AR console to choose?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/blaster-or-proton-which-ar-console-to-choose/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> There is almost no shop where you can go that doesn't have at least one Xplorer AR console model. At the moment we have 4 different models of augmented reality consoles, where Blaster and Proton consoles come in two different colors. The question is - which console to choose and with which one will you enjoy the most? <p/>
<br>

<p> Do not worry. Wrong selection is not possible because all Xplorer consoles offer you the ability to play and enjoy in more than 20 different games with just one application. What's great and what makes the difference between these two models and Crossfire and Xcalibur is the mini joystick with which you can change the ammo/projectile, the zoom key, and the 360° rotation, with which you can better experience the augmented reality. As these consoles connect to a more advanced application, you will need more powerful smartphone performance compared to Crossfire and Xcalibur: minimum 2 GB of RAM, 2 GHz CPU and 1 GB of free space. <p/>
<br>

<p> Blaster console comes in black and red and it looks a bit like Crossfire. The Proton comes in black and white and looks like it comes from a completely different dimension of fun. It has a futuristic look and you will look cool enough while playing with it. <p/>
<br>

<p> Before you connect the console to your smartphone, you need to download the AR Gun application for both types of console. Once you download an app and connect an augmented reality console with your smartphone, you will be able to choose between more than 20 different games. You want to fight with zombies or are you more interested in fighting in the air? Your choice! <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Feb 2019 08:08:18 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Green ride with Green City electric scooter]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/green-ride-with-green-city-electric-scooter/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p > Last week we introduced our new model of electric scooter, Green City. As many of you have noticed, Green City has red wheels and there is no green in it. What is it that makes it green then? Very simply - just like all models of electric scooters, Green City is an ecologically acceptable form of transportation, which is why we recommend it this much. The electric scooter is designed as a simple electric vehicle for urban transport, avoiding traffic jams and crowds. In addition, there is less stress because you do not care about the parking lot, and you can sleep longer because you will avoid the classic traffic jam at traffic lights and intersections. The electric scooter is lightweight and foldable so you can take it wherever you go, whether to a job or a market. <p />
<br>
<p > Why were electric scooters the most popular form of transportation in 2018? Because of its sustainability and thanks to the fact that it does not pollute the natural environment. And not only it contributes to the preservation of nature. With an electric scooter, you will certainly enjoy the drive more. You know how tense crowds are in trams or buses and how there's never been any air in them. Although we agree that public transport is a better choice than a car, the electric scooter is currently the best possible option for city driving. <p />
<br>

<p > In order to make the electric scooters available to everyone, the new Green City model can be yours for just  349€. If you consider the monthly ticket price for public transport or the fuel price, the calculation is pretty simple in this case. <p />
<br>

<p > Thanks to its weight of 9 kg, Green City is extremely easy to carry. The 6,5“ full-tire wheels with the front shock absorber allow a very safe ride even on uneven terrain or macadam. Green City is an electric scooter for all generations, so find more information about it on our website or at our partner's stores. <p />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jan 2019 11:28:04 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Going with electric bike to work]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/electric-bike-to-work/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> It's cold. (Un)pleasant 3° that thermometer shows while I am thinking in the morning before work how should I get to the office. I have a car parked in front of the building, but I already imagine a million people who are already driving their cars and the stress behind the wheels. All the stress because of the traffic jams, people who do not know how to ride, passing through a red light - not for me. Public transport? Better option than a car, but still all that crowds in trams or buses, no way.   I cannot stand it anymore. I decided to choose the best option there is - the electric bicycle. <p/>
<br>
<p> I have some 10 km to the office, for which e-bike is more than enough. Since it goes up to 25 km with one charge, it's quite enough for me to go to the office and get back home. I can even use it to go to a meeting in the middle of working hours. <p/>
<br>

<p> Given that I love cycling, I decide to combine PAS and normal cycling with no support. This means I ride a part of the drive with the PAS, and I choose to cycle normally the other part of the journey, which also saves the battery. In case of empty battery, I just take the seat out, plug it into the charger and charge it through the most common socket. <p/>
<br>

<p> The way back home is going smoothly. I avoid that entire crowd at four or five o'clock in the afternoon when everyone is driving back to home. As the electric bicycle goes up to 30 km/h, I'm home in a blink of the eye. The best of all? The mini electric bicycle weighs only 13kg and is foldable, which means I fold it and carry it easily to my apartment. What are you waiting for? <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jan 2019 08:28:59 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Green City electric scooter]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/green-city-electric-scooter/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> The electric scooter Xplorer Green City electric scooter is e-scooter for all generations! 
<br>

<p> Thanks to smaller dimensions and 9 kg weight, it is extremely easy to carry it with you. The 6.5-inch full-tire wheels with the front shock absorber will be sufficient for exceptionally safe driving even on rough terrain or macadam. The sturdy and stable design of the Green City model is why we recommend this electric scooter to all generations, from the youngest to the oldest. <p/>
<br>

<p> The high-quality LG 5.2 AH battery and the 250W motor will be the ultimate combination for a distance up to 10 km with one charging, reaching speeds up to 25 km/h. Quite enough for a pleasant ride to the city, the shop or for a ride to the office. <p/>
<br>

<p> Green City, like other Xplorer electric scooter models, is completely safe for the environment and represents one of the most economically viable forms of transportation. <p/>
<br>

<p> This model of an electric scooter is foldable, and as it's lightweight, you'll be able to carry it with no problem anywhere with you. You can put it into the car trunk and take it wherever you go. Then what do you say? Is it time to become the main attraction on the road? <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jan 2019 09:18:21 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Dash Cam Q2]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xplorer-dash-cam-Q2-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> The story of the dash cameras began in America and Russia where drivers placed cameras in cars for recording their trip with a car. There were cases where people would throw themselves in front of the cars to get compensation from the accident. In order to ensure drivers from such situations, they decided that the best move was to shoot the whole ride with their cars. <p/>  
<br>
<p> Xplorer dash camera Q2 is an excellent camera with a 1920 × 1080 FHD resolution that also has a built-in G-sensor. The 2.4-inch LCD screen is easy to use while driving, and it's easy to use and install. With Full HD shooting resolution, you can easily read number plates and other similar information in case of car crash. <p/>  
<br>

<p> The Dash Camera is intended for anyone who wants to avoid potential inconvenience during driving. Given the fast-paced way of life, unfortunately, there are more and more car accidents. If you want to have a safer ride and want to record every moment of your trip, Xplorer dash camera is the right choice for you. And do not worry, using the camera in your car is allowed until you don't post it publicly anywhere. <p/>  
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jan 2019 08:12:58 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Using and maintaining hoverboard]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/using-and-maintaining-hoverboard/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> We have recently released a new generation of City hoverboard models that you can connect with Bluetooth to your smartphone. Also, through Xplorer City app, you can track driving information or listen to your favorite music. Today's blog is intended for hoverboard maintenance because we have had a lot of questions about hoverboard usage and how to keep it. <p/>
<br>

<p> Maintenance<p/>
<br>

<p> Avoid driving on rough terrain with hoverboard models that are not for offroad. This will avoid engine and plastic damage. Avoid driving in the rain or in the ponds because it is still an electronics that can be damaged by water contact. Do not leave a hoverboard on the strong sun and extreme temperatures. The hoverboard battery is sensitive to very high and low temperatures and may cause battery capacity to fall. After each run, clean the hoverboard of impurities and check if the charging connector is clean and dry. <p/>
<br>
<p> Battery<p/>
<br>

<p> Like any other battery, if you are not taking care of the battery, it won't be working as it should. Don't charge the battery to 100% if you are not going to use hoverboard for the next 1-2 days. If you charge it totally, and you do not use a hoverboard, there will be a permanent loss of battery capacity. Do not empty the battery under 15% because excessive discharge will also result in a capacity loss. Do not expose the battery to extreme temperatures (<5 ° C;> 50 ° C) <p/>
<br>

<p> Calibration<p/>
<br>

<p> It is a common thing for all models of hoverboards that after some time you can feel that one side of hoverboard is stronger than other. It is a normal thing that you do not have to worry about because the hoverboard sensors are sensitive so you just have to adapt them over time. The solution to this is very simple, that is "alignment" or calibration. The calibration process itself is very simple and we recommend that you do it only when you notice that your hoverboard is starting to run "weird" or if you notice one of the above indications. The steps for calibrating the hoverboard are: <p/>
<br>

<p> 1. Set the hoverboard on a flat surface.<p/>
<p>2. Align both sides (use upper and lower plastic joints as a reference).<p/>
<p>3. Turn on the hoverboard in calibration mode: press and hold the power button for 5 seconds until all lights on the hoverboard start blinking.<p/>
<p>4. Align the hoverboard platforms to be fully horizontal.<p/>
<p>5. Do not use hoverboard until it is turned off by itself. <p/>

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jan 2019 10:40:55 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Dash camera Q1]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/dash-camera-Q1/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> A fast-paced world and today's tempo of living, unfortunately, lead to faster and more insecure driving in the car. From chasing the road to passing through the red light at the traffic light, it is only a matter of time when an accident occurs. We have already talked about how we recommend alternative modes of transport, such as electric scooters or electric bicycles. But for those who are still preferring the car, we recommend dash cameras for safe driving. <p/>
<br>

<p> The Xplorer dash camera Q1 will provide you safe driving. It also provides full HD resolution and it comes with G-sensor. It provides you wide-angle shooting, it has a clear display, and a WiFi connection gives you the ability to connect and transfer data to a mobile phone or other smart devices. It's easy to use and install. <p/>
<br>

<p> Why do we recommend it? With Full HD shooting resolution, you can easily read the registration plates and other similar data if the crash occurs. It is intended for anyone who wants to record every moment of the trip and be prepared for any traffic inconvenience. So, if you are still using a car as a main way of transport, at least be safe while driving. <p/>

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jan 2019 08:17:32 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Who can play with AR consoles?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/who-can-play-with-AR-consoles/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> When you first see the AR console, you think AR consoles are intended for kids playing on it. However, experience from the trade shows we did has shown us how older people enjoy the new dimension of entertainment. We had cases where adult people would come to buy the console exclusively for themselves, which we fully support. We had a great time while playing with consoles in the office that we've organized the competition between us. And yes, we're talking here about adults, 20-50 years old. AR consoles seem to be fun for all generations. <p/>
<br>
<p> Of course, the youngest ones enjoy them the most. The best part of the story with Xplorer AR consoles is that you get endless fun with one console. It's not just one game you can play. When you download the Super AR or AR Gun application, depending on which console you have, you can enjoy more than 20 different games. Furthermore, the games are so different that you can either destroy all the enemies in nature, kill the zombies that crashed into your reality or you can shoot the fruit so that you gain points. <p/>
<br>

<p> Why are AR consoles that special? The fact is that kids spend more and more time on their smartphones sitting down on their couch. What the AR consoles allow is more movement for kids and learning through the game. Kids are also developing their motor skills and they are learning something new while having fun. For AR consoles it can be said that they are fun not only for the whole family but also for colleagues and your crew. Try it today! <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jan 2019 07:51:27 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Driving to work with electric scooter]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/driving-to-work-with-electric-scooter/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> We know, it's cold. We know it's winter too. We know that it is snowing more often than in spring. Who would say? But there is no reason for you to sit behind the wheel and become a part of the terrible stressful and tough traffic jams. Believe us, you can easily avoid stressing in the traffic. Especially because we offer you an alternative way of transport, which is an electric scooter. <p/>
<br>

<p> We recommend you Cherokee, electric scooter, ideal for city ride. LED lights, well-designed handles, special front light, and display make this model special. The big 8.5 inch wheels make the ride very comfortable and the rear disc brake will keep you safe. The technical specifications are combined with a good design solution so that you can go up to 15-20 km by one charge with a 7.5 Ah battery. This will be more than enough to drive around the city. In case of discharging the battery, use a normal socket to charge the e-scooter while you are at work. The electric scooter is environmentally safe and is an affordable alternative way of transport. Its 250W electric motor provides a maximum speed of 25km/h, which is achieved in just a few seconds. <p/>
<br>

<p> Xplorer electric scooters are foldable and so is Cherokee, which makes it easy to transfer. Not only you can carry it easily to the office, but you can also carry it with you while driving with public transport. Also, you can carry it with you in case you are taking a train if you live, for example, in the suburbs or elsewhere. <p/>
<br>

<p> We mostly love electric scooters because we are avoiding all the traffic stress and we come to our work super relaxed. Believe us, even Mondays don't look that stressful anymore. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jan 2019 08:23:31 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Where can you ride electric bike?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/where-can-you-drive-electric-bike/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> If you’re tired of city crowds and waiting on the streets, then the electric bike is the right solution for you! Unlike the electric scooter we usually recommend for city driving, the e-bike can be driven in the city as well as in nature. 16 "wheels, a 250W engine and the fact you can ride up to 25 km with one charge will be enough for you to enjoy the ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> Last week we also wrote about the ways to maintain the bike during the winter. So there is no need to park an electric bike in the apartment or garage and wait for the spring. You can use the electric bicycle as an alternative way of transport at any time without any worries. <p/>
<br>

<p> With an electric bicycle, you can easily go to work. Since the Xplorer Mini e-bike is foldable and easy to carry, when you get to work, just carry it with you. Also, at work, you can charge it in case of an empty battery and prepare it for the trip home. Best of all, you do not need any special charging sockets. Just pull out the seat, hook it to the charger and put all of it together into the ordinary socket. <p/>
<br>

<p> In addition to avoiding traffic jams, you will avoid stress and be happier and more relaxed for that day. Aside from city driving, you can also ride the electric bike in nature. The Xplorer Mini has 16" wheels with which you will overcome most obstacles without any problems. Of course, our advice is not to go to big off-road adventures with Mini, but for a pleasant and normal ride in nature, it will be enough. For bigger adventure, we recommend a combination of PAS (driving) and regular cycling. If you put a little bit more effort and do not use PAS all the time while driving, you will get better results and get the ideal form. The foldability of an electric bicycle makes it easier to carry, meaning that if you drive somewhere, you take an e-bike with you wherever you go. And that’s when the real adventure starts. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jan 2019 11:11:41 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Augmented reality - goals of development]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/augmented-reality-goals-of-development/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> For augmented reality or expanded reality, many of us have heard for the first time when the Pokemon Go application started. Do you remember when people were walking or running around the city, staring at the smartphone and looking for Pokemons? Pokemon Go is the best example of expanded reality, where everything we see is expanded with additional content. <p/>
<br>

<p> What is the ultimate goal of expanded reality? Except that augmented reality is used for the new dimension of infinite entertainment that kids enjoy the most, the AR could lead to significant advancements in the normal life of all of us. In short: AR will break the boundaries of the current screen experiences of our smartphones and all the screens we spend so much time on. The goal is to connect even deeper interconnection among people, but also to enable all of us a better connection with the real world. The development of expanded reality is super fast, and compared to virtual reality, it offers much more opportunities and has a more prospective future in terms of further development. <p/>
<br>

<p> We have already written about the possibilities of using expanded reality. We have explained how AR can be used in tourism, where you can get a better insight into the accommodations you want to book or where you can fully explore the destination you want to visit. AR could be also used to save lives, literally. For example, surgeons, with AR, could be having complete insight into the ultrasound of the human organs while they are operating. <p/>
<br>

<p> With expanded reality, we can really get a lot of it. And what it's all about AR is a better digital experience for every user. Our video calls can become more realistic and maps on our smartphones can become more interactive. Overall, we could reflect real-life interactions on our smartphones. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jan 2019 08:17:29 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Advices for driving an electric bike during winter]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike-maintenance-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Shorter days, longer nights, colder weather, rain - does not sound like ideal conditions for biking. Still, there is no reason to stop using an electric bicycle just because the conditions are not ideal. We are going to be honest, we wouldn't recommend you to drive an e-bike during the worst rain because of the electric parts that are more sensitive to rain than ordinary bicycles. However, in conditions with very little rain or low temperatures, the electric bike will satisfy all your needs with proper maintenance. <p/>
<br>
<p> Maintaining the battery<p/>
<br>

<p> Do not worry, even in winter conditions the battery can survive driving normally. Tip for battery maintenance: when you're done with driving, take the battery with you to your home or work, in some warm place. What you can expect while driving on super cold temperatures is slightly slower speed and maximum range, which is perfectly normal for every battery, even for an electric bicycle battery. <p/>
<br>

<p> Bicycle maintenance<p/>
<br>

<p> After driving, don't just pack the bike before cleaning it thoroughly. For better protection, we recommend that you put on wax on the frame to protect the color. To remove the water from the hidden parts, it will be enough to put WD 40 on those places. During the winter it is recommended to clean the chain at least once a week to remove dust, sand or stones. Also, we advise you to wipe the brakes, wheels, and disks with a wet cloth and all the wires, connectors and battery, with a dry cloth for better maintenance. <p/>
<br>

<p> In the end, if you drive while it's raining, you have to avoid large puddles. And that's it, you're ready for winter! <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jan 2019 08:08:20 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Electric mini bike - ideal solution for camping]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike-camp-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Do you love camping and every year you are looking for a new destination to explore? Do you like adventures and escape from everyday life? This year the adventure can become even better with the Xplorer electric bike. The best part of the story of an electric bicycle is the simplicity of transport. The mini e-bike is foldable so you can pack it without problems in the car, without taking too much space. After you have an e-bike, a tent and everything else for camping, you can take care of your destination. <p/>
<br>
<p> Why is an electric bike ideal for camping? Usually, the best camping places are located on some isolated parts of the cities, villages, islands, etc. If you are going to the island, that's probably going to be a hilly area, which can be pretty challenging during the summer heats. In this case, an electric bike can become the best solution for great recreation while you're on vacation. You want to explore nature and other places around your camp? There's an electric bicycle. Do you want to explore some bigger places with more content next to your camp? There's an electric bicycle. You want to survive biking along the hill and get to the top without dying? There's an electric bicycle. With speeds up to 30 km/h, the Xplorer Mini will be enough for the most enjoyable ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> So, this year, choose a new form of adventure and such a vacation you won't forget. Just imagine driving with a wind in your hair while you explore new destinations and natural sights that will leave you breathless. And regardless of the summer heat, you will get through all the challenges. Then, where are you going on vacation? <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Jan 2019 08:04:15 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Bulldog - the electric beast]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/bulldog-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Xplorer Bulldog is your next, favorite pet from which you will not take your hands off. The electric scooter will be ideal for anyone looking for even more adrenaline and fun while driving. The wind in the hair, the adventurous ride, but most importantly - safety on the road is all that comes with  Bulldog, and that will surely impress you totally. <p/>
<br>
<p> This electric beast is characterized by solid and stable construction and an incredible 1500W engine. More than enough to make your next ride an incredible and unforgettable experience. Just be careful - if this is your first time to try something like this, do not press the gas all the way. Our warm recommendation is to go slowly until you feel the power of the engine, and then when you feel safer, you can add gas and enjoy a quicker ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> Speed up to 45 km / h will be an ideal solution for driving around town, but also for nature outings. Thanks to the wide tires, the Bulldog runs smoothly on all the trails. <p/>
<br>

<p> It is a final time to avoid annoying forms of transportation. Choose smart and top designed shapes of transportation and break your routine with the Bulldog electric scooter. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Dec 2018 08:03:15 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[We have tried new Hovershoes Dancer]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hovershoes_2-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Wooooooooow! Yes, that was the first reaction of almost everyone who tried out the new Hovershoes Dancer. We presented Hovershoes for the first time at the InfoGamer fair in Zagreb where everyone, literally, loved them. <p/>
<br>
<p> What is Hovershoes at all? We like to call them adrenaline fun on two separate wheels. Upgraded hoverboard version, let's say. With hovershoes, you could easily become the new star of the YouTube scene and somebody who will be followed by the millions of followers. With a top-of-the-range 250W motor, you can achieve a speed of 12 km/h. With one charge you can go up to 10 km. Since the charge takes only 2 hours, you will be able to charge them quickly and prepare them for new tricks. <p/>
<br>

<p> Once we established that the batteries are charged, we fell in love with the most popular Xplorer product, Hovershoes. Okay, we'll admit it. It took us some time to get used to them and to find right balance. But after 30 minutes, each of us became a real professional. What we especially love is that we could do over a million different moves on them. After an hour of fun, we decided to make a contest where we were choosing the best move and for the best one, we prepared awesome awards. <p/>
<br>

<p> Hovershoes Dancer is, indeed,  full of excitement and adventures. They are super safe with excellent balancing system that will turn you into the legend of the dance scene. And believe us, with Xplorer Hovershoes you will become the most desirable guest of all the parties! <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Dec 2018 08:22:31 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Holiday presents - top 3 suggestions]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/top_3-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Holiday fever is here and it's time to do what? That's right. It's presents time. And as every year it becomes more and more difficult to choose what to buy. Gloves or scarfs? Or again some expensive perfume as last year. Forget these boring gifts and be unique this year. Take a look on our top 3 suggestions for presents this year! <p/>
<br>
<p> 1. Xplorer AR consoles<p/>
<br>

<p> What it would be like if there were no game consoles for kids for Xmas? And not just for kids. By what we saw at the InfoGamer, adults were crazy as kids about our AR consoles. They are an ideal gift because they are extremely affordable, and it will take only one click to get yourself into the world of unforgettable fun. Try out the new adventure in the new year and give yourself or others one of our AR consoles or all of them! Crossfire, Xcalibur, Blaster or Proton? Give it all! <p/>
<br>

<p> 2. Xplorer Electric Bike Mini<p/>
<br>

<p> Why would you wait for the purchase of a new bike when you can use the holidays and give yourself or someone you care about the super present, Xplorer electric mini bike? This folding e-bike will be an ideal solution for the adventures in 2019. The best of all? The Mini Electric Bicycle is extremely easy to transport so you can easily transport it anywhere. Ideal for city driving, but also for driving by nature. <p/>
<br>

<p> 3. Xplorer Cherokee electric scooter<p/>
<br>

<p> Let's be realistic, you can see more and more electric scooters on the road. Why? Because everyone is becoming aware of the advantages of alternative forms of transportation in relation to the car. Since the Cherokee electric scooter is foldable, you can easily pack it as the best gift so far, and it will be convenient for you to transport it anywhere. Do not wait any longer and choose this perfect present for your loved ones. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Dec 2018 13:04:34 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Harley - electric scooter]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xplorer_harley-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> How many questions about electric scooters we had. Because of your desires, we are proud to present the first electric beast from the future Xplorer world of electric scooters and believe us when we say - you won't be able to take off your hands from this beast. <p/>
<br>
<p> Xplorer Harley is an electric scooter which will make a big deal in a transport system. A solid and stable construction with an incredible 1200W power engine will make your next driving experience safe and unforgettable. Speed up to 40 km/h will be an ideal solution for the city ride, but also for nature trips. Thanks to the wide tires, Harley runs smoothly on all trails. One charge will be enough for 35-40 km of enjoyment in the adventurous ride. <p/>
<br>

<p> With Xplorer electric scooters, it's finally time to forget about old, classic ways of transport. Why would you drive in a car and stress in traffic jams? No need. With one of our electric scooters, you will enjoy the adrenaline ride and you won't be taking your hands out of it. <p/>
<br>

<p> Break the routine, escape from boredom and choose a new form of transportation with the Xplorer Harley electric scooter. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Dec 2018 09:40:36 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Hovershoes vs. hoverboard]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hovershoes_vs_hoverboard-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Even birds know what hoverboard is. Who knows, maybe some of them have even tried it. From the youngest generations to the older ones who gave this unique present to their grandchildren, basically, everyone has heard for hoverboard. It is a self-balancing device whose motion depends on shifting the weight and balance of the hoverboard user. <p/>
<br>
<p> The main difference between the hoverboard and the hovershoes is that the hoverboard is made up of two wheels connected to the shaft. Hovershoes don't have a central shaft. They come as a seperate wheels, one for each foot, which is why their movement will be different from the hoverboard. <p/>
<br>

<p> Hovershoes compared to hoverboard provide a lot more different tricks and movements. Therefore, you will experience much more excitement and opportunities to capture the craziest videos. On the other hand, for those who do not feel too confident with hovershoes, we prepared new City hoverboard models. And you do not have to worry, the hoverboard will be exciting enough when you connect it to the Xplorer application because you will be able to listen to your favorite music, track driving, and customize driving characteristics. <p/>
<br>

<p> There is nothing left but to try hoverboard and hovershoes. We did our party from the theory side, but you're the one who needs to try them and check out which one you prefer. One thing is certain, whatever you decide, with Xplorer you will not make a mistake. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Dec 2018 11:24:17 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Hovershoes]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hovershoes-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> What would  you say for a hoverboard that offers you a lot more adrenaline and more moves with which you can do the awesome tricks? It doesn't sound bad at all, right? We introduce you Xplorer Hovershoes, a two-wheeled adrenaline ride that offers you extra flexibility for the best moves and tricks. With hovershoes,  you can become a youtube star who will be followed by millions of people, all thanks to countless creative moves and tricks you can do and record. <p/>
<br>
<p> Xplorer Hovershoes com with an engine of 250W, which will be enough for a speed of 12 km/h. With one charge you can go up to 10 km, and since charging lasts only 2 hours, you will be able to charge them quickly and prepare them for new tricks. <p/>
<br>

<p> With the unique, specially designed Hovershoes with the great balance system, you will become the legend of the dance scene and the most desirable guest of all the fun. The best part of the story? They are super easy to carry, so you can carry them wherever you go. <p/>
<br>

<p> What are you waiting then? You just have to charge your batteries, get on your hovershoes and hop in to a new adventure. Who's with us? <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Dec 2018 07:57:17 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Augmented Reality - Top 5 applications]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/augmented-reality-top-5-applications/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> The AR apps for Xplorer consoles are FREE. And that's probably the best part of the story. Once you get your AR console, download for free Super AR or AR Gun application (depending on which console you have) and enjoy more than 20 different games that come with one application. Below is our selection of top 5 applications for the AR console. <p/>
<br>
<p> 1. Fruit Ninja - Who says most of the games are violent? With Fruit Ninja, your reality is expanded with the fruit you shoot through space and collect points. There's no blood, clean as a tear. <p/>
<p> 2. Sea War - For those who want something more than fruit, there's Sea War. Get comfortable behind your weapon, target the enemy ships and win the points! <p/>
<p> 3. Fighting Plane - You're not afraid of the heights? Excellent! We recommend Fighting Plane, where you get the point for taking down the planes. <p/>
<p> 4. God Of Gun Battle - Go around the space, say hi to the enemies and destroy them before they break you. What are you waiting for? <p/>
<p> 5. Tank Hero - If you want a bit of a different reality then we recommend Tank Hero. Here you act in the role of a tank and you smash everything in front of you. <p/>
<br>
<p> Of course, this is just our choice. We are waiting for you to download the application and share your favorite games with us. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Dec 2018 08:01:14 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[5 reasons why e-scooter is better than a car]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-scooter_vs_car-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> In recent years, the electric scooter has become the most attractive way of transport for the city ride. Literally it is driven by everyone, from  4 year old children to students, managers  or grandparents. That's why it is best to try it yourself and in this article we will bring you five indisputable reasons why you should buy an electric scooter. <p>
<br>
<p> 1. Eco friendly. When driving an electric scooter, there is no release of harmful gases, which makes it completely environmentally friendly. <p/>
<p> 2. Ideal for avoiding  traffic jams. With an electric scooter, you can easily avoid stress in the traffic. <p/>
<p> 3. Easy to transport. Our electric scooters are foldable and they can be easily transported anywhere with you. No matter whether you go to the office, city or school, an electrical scooter can always be with you. <p/>
<p> 4. Designed for those looking for something practical to ride from home to work. The best part of driving on the electric scooter is avoiding traffic jams. If you are in a suit and fancy shirt, you can get to your destination without any sweat. <p/>
<p> 5. The ride alone gives you a sense of pleasure and freedom, which makes you totally happy and relaxed. <p/>

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Dec 2018 08:26:51 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Cherokee electric scooter]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/cherokee-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Stable, safe, well-designed. In short - the best stylist currently among the electric scooters is Cherokee! Available in black versions with LED lights, the Xplorer application offers the ability to change the color of the light and track and share the ride with your crew. <p/>
<br>
<p> For a particularly enjoyable ride, you will get a big 8.5“ wheels, and you'll travel safely with the rear disc brakes under all conditions. Why do we specially recommend it? Samsung battery of 7.5 Ah speaks for itself. With one charge you ride up to 20 km! As well as all thee- scooters from Xplorer, Cherokee is foldable so you can take it easy with you to school or the office. If you just want to park it for a while, you can do it with a kickstand. <p/>
<br>

<p> The Xplorer Cherokee is an ideal solution for avoiding the crowds around the city, especially on the way to a faculty or a job. Wherever you go, you will get no sweat and stress. Avoid traffic jams, order your Cherokee immediately and enjoy the ride. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Dec 2018 08:28:57 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Difference between AR and VR ]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ar_vs_vr-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> How to explain what’s augmented reality? Its name says it all. It is an expanded world in which various contextual layers are mapped to help you experience the virtual environment from your home. Although we have used AR for entertainment purposes so far, the expanded reality could lead to a significant improvement of our everyday life. With it, you could experience the reality that is not close at all. You could totally see the clothes or shoes you want to buy, all from home. No, we do not mean that you go to the web and check what models a store has, but you could literally try the product without moving from the couch. With such advanced technology, surgeons could have an insight into the ultrasound of the organs of the person they are operating during surgery. <p/>
<br>
<p> Virtual reality is what its name says: virtual. It does not extend the reality as AR, but places the user in a virtual, closed world, detached from the real world. With VR you can easily find yourself on a rollercoaster or on the back of a super scary dragon or in any environment that brings a lot of excitement. <p/>
<br>

<p> The basic difference between the AR and VR lies in the mode of use. AR is available already through an application that you conveniently install on your smartphone so you can use the extended reality anytime with any device. VR requires the use of special consoles, such as glasses, to move from the world to the virtual world of entertainment. VR is used more for the purpose of experiencing different content, but it is completely impossible to interact with the real world. AR on the other side totally provides the option of interacting with the real world. <p/>
<br>

<p> So, with VR you escape from your world and with AR you expand your world. It's up to you how to use the reality in the best way! <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Dec 2018 15:25:38 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Augmented reality - how it can improve our life?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/augmented-reality-how-it-can-improve-our-life/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Do you think an augmented reality is some strange term from the future? You will be surprised when you realize that this is the term from 50 years ago. In principle, augmented reality refers to an expanded reality that adds to our vision the contextual layers of information in real time. The far more prominent example of AR is the Pokémon Go game, which has led to the fact that all generations were haunting Pokémons all over their offices, shopping centers or at home. <p/>
<br>
<p> Apart from the fact that most of today AR is bound up with entertainment, the development of an expanded reality can become extremely useful for our everyday life. AR could soon be used in all spheres and industries. Imagine that you want to visit some destination and you can fully explore it before you go there. Or you can check all the products in the store with all their details, prices and features without going to the store. Imagine you don’t have to wait for customer support to solve a problem you have. They could, actually, enter your world through the camera and solve the problem on the spot. Yes, that's possible and it's much closer to us than we know it. <p/>
<br>

<p> AR could also lead to life-saving. Take for example cops or firefighters who go to the field where they do not know what exactly they expect. With the AR, they could get a virtual map of the space they are reaching in order to better prepare all the resources you need. <p/>
<br>

<p> Until we get all these AR benefits, it's our suggestion that you enjoy the great fun with our AR consoles. Download Super AR or AR gun application, connect your smartphone to Bluetooth and defend your world from the enemies. Fun is guaranteed! <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Nov 2018 14:32:34 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[5 reasons why to buy e-bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike_5_reasons-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p> Today, an electric bike is considered to be one of the best transportation solutions. You do not have to worry about where you will park it because you can fold our mini e-bike and take it with you wherever you go. In addition, compared to classic bikes, they have many advantages that don’t apply only to performance and speed. <p/>
<br>
<p>
1. Unlike cars and mopeds, an electric bike is ecologically acceptable and designed for those looking for something practical to drive from home to work and back. They spend much less energy than a moped or a car, which reduces noise and emissions of harmful gases. <p/>
<br>

<p>
2. Electric bikes are very practical for the coast, especially if you want to go to a nearby beach or a trip. It’s a much more convenient solution than a car because with a bike you don’t need to worry about where to park it. <p/>
<br>

<p>
3. Physical activity is also an extremely important factor, especially in today's time where we spend most of our time on a computer and we live in our chairs or on couches. <p/>
<br>

<p>
4. An electric bike is easy to transport. It's light and portable and you can carry it with you wherever you go. <p/>
<br>

<p>
5. Furthermore, you're never alone with an electric bike, and the feeling of freedom is invaluable. Unlike a classic bicycle, it can still reach much higher speeds, which, in addition, makes it possible to cross more kilometers for less time. With the wind in the hair and smile on the face, your mind will be totally calm. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Nov 2018 08:08:55 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to ride e-scooter?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-scooter_ride_en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Even though it sounds silly, we had a lot of confused customers who weren't sure how to ride our e-scooters. No worries, it's not complicated and it's simple as it gets. <p/>
<br>
<p>All you need to know for start are the main parts of e-scooter: throttle, LED display, tube, and deck. The first step is to turn on the LED display and check the speed mode. If you are just starting with e-scooter, it's recommended to start with 1st speed and then you can accelerate once you take off. The second step is to put one foot in the deck, while you use other foot to kick backward. E-scooter will speed up and then you can put your other foot on the deck as well and change your speed using the throttle. <p/>
<br>
<p>Recommendations for electric scooter ride: <p/>
<br>
<p>1. When turning, you need to lean your body slightly toward the direction of turning.<p/>
<p>2. Avoid riding e-scooter during heavy rain or bad weather conditions.<p/>
<p>3. Avoid high-speed at unconventional roads.<p/>
<p>4. Do not accelerate at downhill.<p/>
<p>5. Do not hang heavy items on the handlebar.<p/>
<p>6. Do not stand with one foot on the deck or the floor. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Nov 2018 11:29:16 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[AR interesting facts]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ar_interesting_en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>AR consoles are considered to be a new dimension of fun, not only for kids but for grownups too. A lot of AR apps are being developed every day and because of motor skills development and movement we enjoyed them that much. Here are some interesting facts about them. <p/>
<br>
<p>1. 50 years of AR existence. <p/>
<br>
<p>Yes, you saw that right. Even though AR has become popular in the last few years, AR was “invented” in 1968, which makes 50 years of its existence. <p/>
<br>
<p>2. “Augmented reality” phrase was invented in 1990. <p/>
<br>
<p>And it was invented thanks to eXplorer Tom Caudell, who wanted to describe merging graphics solutions and physical consoles. <p/>
<br>
<p>3. Augmented reality is not only fun for kids, but it’s being used for a lot of industries. <p/>
<br>
<p>Even though we connect it mostly with kids, many industries, such as sports or tourism are using AR. In sports for example, with AR you can easily learn new skills. NFL also uses AR for a better viewing experience. In tourism, with AR you can get total experience with the place you want to book. Or if you want to book a flight, with AR you can check some extra conditions on a particular flight, like leg space or entertainment systems. <p/>
<br>
<p>4. AR was used in a space. <p/>
<br>
<p>Correct. NASA astronaut Scott Kelly spent a year in a space where he used AR technology. <p/>
<br>
<p>5. Continuous development of AR start-ups and apps<p/>
<br>
<p>In 2017 there were 1.261 AR start-ups. Imagine how many apps and consoles are there for our new favourite dimension of fun. <p/>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Nov 2018 07:47:53 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[All about PAS system on e-bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/pas_ebike_en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[PAS system or Pedal Assistance System helps with accelerating and maintaining the speed on your e-bike. PAS intensity goes from 0 (no assistance) to 5 (full assistance). That means if you’re driving with mode 0, you’ll need the pedal whole the time and with mode 5, you’ll have maximum assistance and speed on your electric bike. 

With PAS system, pedalling is much easier than with normal bike and it provides a safe and casual ride, not only on the city streets but in nature as well. Depending on where you ride, you will adapt pedal assistance modes. Before you start, turn on the Power button and hold for 3 seconds. You’ll see then PAS modes. For changing modes, press once “up” or “plus” button for higher speed, or “down” or “minus” button for lower speed and assistance. If you press and hold “down” or “minus” button, your e-bike will get in the mode of constant speed of 6 km/h. 

We recommend you to check the conditions on road before getting on a bike and to think about the speed and assistance you’re going to need while riding. If you are going to take a city ride, adapt your speed. For open roads and streets with no crowd, feel free to enjoy your adrenalin ride.
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Nov 2018 08:19:38 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to deal with stress in traffic?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/traffic_stress_en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>How to avoid traffic jams? How to relax? How to deal with stress? Baby steps! </p>
<br>
<p>Cheerful vs. Stressed as hell! </p>
<br>
<p>Let&rsquo;s begin with the morning. You are getting up in a bad mood and you have to go to work. You sit in your car, get in the crowd. There is again something in the way, you are angry at the whole world and so on. How to avoid it? Grab your e-vehicle and avoid all the crowds on your way. You won&rsquo;t even get sweat because your ride with our e-scooter or e-bike can be completely effortless. </p>
<br>
<p>Rested vs. Get off my back! </p>
<br>
<p>You have an appointment in the middle of the day in the city centre. How long are you going to be late? Where will you park? <p>How to avoid crowd after the meeting? Bla bla bla. Get rid of all of those questions with our e-scooter or e-bike because with them, you don&rsquo;t need to worry about any of this stuff. You can also take your e-vehicle with you, wherever you go so no stress about parking it. </p>
<br>
<p>Happy vs. I hate the whole world  </p>
<br>
<p>Imagine you&rsquo;re leaving work at 4 or 5 pm and you don&rsquo;t need to stress about traffic jams. Nice, isn&rsquo;t it? In that case, stop imagining and get your brand new electric vehicle right now and be happy. Yes, it can be that easy.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Nov 2018 08:14:30 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[AR consoles - fun for whole family]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ar_console_en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Do you still remember Monopoly, Scrabble or Uno? Yeah, we enjoyed playing those, even when we were losing (ok, some of us would get really mad while losing). I believe that most of the kids today don't have a clue about these board games because now they are being born with smartphones. However, it doesn't have to be that bad.</p>
<br>
<p>We are living in the world of virtual reality, but we can use it in the best way and enjoy in bonding with our young ones. You only have to connect augmented reality console to your smartphone, get the app and enjoy super fun games. The best part of it? Kids are no longer attached to the couch or computer chair! They move more around the place and develop their motor skills. And no one will have something against you jumping into the world of fun and spend more quality time with your kids.</p>
<br>
<p>The advice of the day: Don&rsquo;t hate everything that comes as a new technology invention. Educate yourself about it and use all the gadgets and technology in a smart way. Relax, take a gadget and enjoy.</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Nov 2018 07:56:09 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Mini e-bike vs. Normal bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike_vs_normal_bike-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Although I've always been a fan of normal bikes, one ride with mini e-bike brought me to the dilemma about which bike is better. On the one side, I still enjoy riding a normal bike in nature, but looking from the other side, e-bike has a lot of benefits, especially for the city rides. What is better at the end of the day? Both!</p>
<p><br /> 1. Bike transport</p>
<p><br /> E-bike transport is much easier than transporting a normal bike. E-bike folding lasts 30 seconds max. and it's super easy to transport it in your car. Transporting normal bike takes more time if you're not ready for long-distance cycling.</p>
<p><br /> 2. Training</p>
<p><br /> The normal bike requires better form and you'll probably take this one for long and challenging rodes. Of course, with an e-bike, you can always turn off pedal assistance and do offroad training for better results. In case you get lazy on your way, just switch to the pedal assistance mode and rest a bit while you're on your way. I personally prefer using e-bike for city ride, without some big hurdles and for extreme roads I recommend the normal bike.</p>
<p><br /> 3. Maintenance</p>
<p><br /> Maintenance process is basically the same at both kinds of bicycle. With a normal bike, you have to maintain the chain, tires, brakes and etc. With an e-bike, you have a battery as additional, but if you follow up instructions we've already written about, it won't take you much time to take care of it. In the end -if you have some dilemmas about which bike to get, you won't make a mistake with any. You'll enjoy either way so grab your bike and go to your new adventure!</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Nov 2018 09:54:11 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[A toy  that educates your kids and make them move]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ar-console-education-eng/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this informational chaos in which we find ourselves today, we often try to take a deep breath every time we see that we were left without air. </p>
<br>  
<p>But, if we are positive, it doesn't have to be so bad, for example, if you are just passing an old bus with the big grey cloudy smoke which almost ends up in your lungs. But luckily, this time you almost didn't breathe. </p>
<br>  
<p>When speaking about luck, while we often find it most in the fridge, our kids, or just kids, know exactly where she is. Of course, exactly where the gray hair is best to succeed. All those unhealthy, colorful, aggressive, and arrogant things are their targets, and they reached it quite easy. But what they don't know is that they are becoming a target itself. The only question is - how good you shoot? </p> 
<p>I know how. And this time is quite easy. </p>
<br>  
<p>The recipe follows: </p>
<p>first give yourself a chance to understand and accept that a game gun doesn't have to be aggressive and stupid. OK ok, it can be both. But, only for you :) So, first, get that thought out of your head and then go to the next step: product information. After you realize that the toy is a lot more than nonsense, buy it, unpack it, connect it to your smartphone, and add it to that impatient kid next to you. Finally, the last step is choosing the game and downloading it from the App Store. </p>
<br>  
<p>Why I'm suggesting all that I'm talking about? </p>
<p>Because you cannot fully control your child is spending all his free time. What is certain is that over 90% of their proposals will likely find opposite opinion in your thinking. Unlike most other games, the AR consoles bring two key benefits: the children are constantly moving and there is a greater chance of getting tired and going to the early sleep. And secondly, instead of classic games and shooting, you have an incredible opportunity to guide your child to choose most educational one. </p>
<br>  
<p>Let's conclude the order: </p>
<p>Buy the AR console – be sure that batteries are inserted correctly in the gun - if you do it well you will give some signs of life (it lights on the sides) - download the application SuperAR and AR gun - turn <p>on your Bluetooth on the smartphone - place your smartphone on the console - get away as far as you can and turn on the clock. </p>
<br>  
<p>For those who want to know more: </p>
<p>Read our blogs about AR consoles: you can choose between technical specification blogs to decide which console to choose, popular gaming on the market, or how to connect the console to the smartphone. In case of any additional questions that have come up and not yet processed by us, you can always tell me, and it can always become my new typing thing. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Sep 2018 14:25:29 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Have you analyzed your own reasons for changing the way you move?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-scooter-experience/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Every day, we're getting more and more information about what we should do, how we should do it and why. I'm sure that many times your decision-making process is lost in the flood of our own and underlined desires.</p>
<p>With this blog I wanted also to encourage you to choose the best source of solutions for buying a new product or service you need.  And, for me, there's no doubt that this story starts with <strong>your needs.</strong></p>
<br>

 

<p>I would like to mention here some of our clients experiences recognized as the most important. Of course, we are talking about your way of movement.</p>

 

<p>Ok now, first thing on the way to the best solution is to remind yourself what are the main problems in your everyday transport in order to identify which <strong>solution </strong>is best for you.</p>

 <br>


<p>My<strong> list of questions</strong> looks something like this:</p>
<br>


<p>what is the distance from point A to B?</p>

<p>what is my travel time?</p>

<p>what is the biggest problem on my route?</p>

<p>can I wear my ordinary clothes in the certain type of transport?</p>

<p>does my new transport support all the outside conditions?</p>

<p>can I add any extra value by using it?</p>

<p>can I save some time and money?</p>

<p> is there any potential danger I should be aware of?</p>

<p>do I have to spend some extra time servicing it?</p>

 
<br>

<p>When you have had your own answers, you'll easily get specific parameters. In my case the answer came like this:</p>

<p>My most important daily move is my way to work. Google Maps tells me that that distance is about 2.1 km from my home, which is 15 minutes by car, 25 minutes by tram or 26 minutes by foot. Of course, also depended on the crowd.</p>

<p>Since I work yoga in the morning, it's not so important for me to engage the path as a physical activity to work - so I reject that option for the sake of time. I also deny the ride by car because it is a silly distance which demands more time and money for parking. And tram… somehow it seems already clear.</p>

 

<p>So, after all, my solution is<strong> e-scooter</strong>, more precisely -<strong> Xplorer Ambassador 8 </strong>".</p>

 <br>


 

<p>The new decision has multiple results:</p>

<p>every day I save about 40 minutes</p>

<p>I don’t pay fuel, parking or tram anymore</p>

<p>I just fold it and put it under the table and he’s calm</p>

<p>I still wear my business skirts</p>

<p>I do not wait, sweat or park</p>

<p>I have never been more successful in avoiding advertisements and stubs</p>

<p>If rain, my transport is still cool</p>

<p>I save the environment</p>

<p>I’m becoming a professional in chasing guys</p>

<p>I feel like in the movie :)</p>

 <br>


<p>My new morning ally, Mr. Ambassador 8 ''  needs only one thing from me in return -  <a target="_blank" href="https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ebike-battery-maint-en/"><strong>the battery maintenance</strong></a> so we can together last longer.</p>

<br>
<br>
<p>Marina</p>]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Aug 2018 14:52:34 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Relieve Stress With Exercise]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/relieve-stress-exercise/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Fast tempo of life and various situations make us experience stress every day. Just imagine how stressful a life of a busy adult can be, from typical workday dosed with stress (traffic jams, deadlines, your boss...) to planning your finances and dealing with the unexpected.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p> No matter what you do in your life to avoid stress, it will be there, <strong>every day</strong>. So, what can we do about it?</p>
<p>There is one excellent way to deal with stress and improve one's health at the same time: <strong>exercise</strong></p>
<p>Any form of physical exercise will increase your overall health and reduce stress, the only important thing is to exercise often and start after a stressful workday. </p>
<br>
<br>
<p><h2>Stress relief benefits</h2>
<br>
<p><strong>•	More endorphins.</strong> Physical activity greatly increases the production of endorphins, the feel-good neurotransmitters in your brain. Endorphins help reduce stress by making you feel better, often called a runner's high.</p> 
<br>
<p><strong>•	Feels like a meditation.</strong> During your training session, you will forget about the day's irritations and stressors by concentrating on your body's movements.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>•	Improving your mood.</strong> Regular exercise increases levels of self-confidence, lowers symptoms of mild depression and anxiety. Exercise will also improve your sleep which is often disrupted by stress.</p>
<br> 
All of these benefits can relieve your stress levels (at least after your stressful workdays) and provide you with a sense of control of your body and your life.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><h2>Get exercise to work for you</h2></p>
<p>Successful training program starts with a good plan and can be achieved with the following steps <strong>(you can find great tips and training programs in our blog under Fitness category)</strong>:</p>
<br>
<p><strong>•	Consult your doctor.</strong> If you are new to exercising and you may have some health issues, ask your doctor which exercises you can do and how intense they can be.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>•	First walk, then run.</strong> Build up your fitness level by gradually increasing intensity and volume. Overdoing can lead to injury and poor results and even more stress. When you get your new training program, start lightly, then over time increase the intensity.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>•	Do what you love.</strong> Virtually any type of exercise can increase your fitness level and decrease your stress. If you love swimming, then go to a local pool and swim, if you like to run, go run outside or buy a treadmill, if you like to weightlift, go to the gym or get yourself a set of dumbbells.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>•	Master it.</strong> Your exercise program becomes your new priority. Stick with it whether that means waking up earlier or exercising late afternoon. Motivation will never cease as long as you have the goal in your mind.</p> 
<br>
<p><strong>•	Find an exercise buddy.</strong> Exercise with your friend, it will be much more fun and social interaction by itself paired with exercise will help reduce your stress levels even more.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>All in all, exercise is the way to go for dealing with stress, there is no better natural stress relief. Whatever you do, do not think of exercise as one more thing on your to-do list, you can avoid that by finding a form of physical activity you enjoy the most. Remember, all of us experience stress and the most important thing is dealing with it. Less stress, better life.</p>

 
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Aug 2018 08:37:44 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[VR Games]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/vr-games/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>For today's blog we tested many VR games and here are our top picks: </p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Minos Starfighter VR</strong></p> 
<p>Minos Starfighter VR is one of the first quality VR games on Google Play store. The game is a space shooter in which the player is placed in a spaceship's cockpit and player's goal is to destroy enemies. The game does not have a apecific storyline and it can be played forever.</p>
<br>
<iframe width="764" height="430" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/NXDTRRdb7ng" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Galaxy VR</strong></p> 
<p>Galaxy VR combines spaceship battle with some FPS elements. In this game you will experience various battles against enemies. Unlike some games, this one requires a controller.</p>
<br>
<iframe width="764" height="430" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/zIlHW7c2-Es" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Hardcode VR</strong></p> 
<p>Hardcode Is one of the best VR shooters. The game takes place in third person mode and camera is controlled by the head movevement. Game offers single player and multiplayer mods. This game also requires a controller.</p>
<br>
<iframe width="764" height="430" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/vSp5A_evar8" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>
<<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Proton Pulse</strong></p> 
<p>Proton pulse is just a very cool version of the popular retro game The Pong.</p>
<br>
<iframe width="764" height="430" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/6huYaTVxgWQ" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Wrong Voyage VR</strong></p> 
<p>Wrong voyage is a hybrid between puzzle, platform game and FPS. Your job is to explore an unusual ruin. The weapon i used for moving platforms and the player needs to pay very close attention on movements because of many hidden traps.</p>
<br>
<iframe width="764" height="430" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3jQWoBAAGn8" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Aug 2018 11:57:01 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Bikes - Ideal tire pressure]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/bikes-tire-pressure/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>You decided to start an advanture with your bike, everything is ready, jou just need to fill your tires.</p>
<br>
<p>Tire pressure affects traction and rolling resistance. Too high or too low pressure can, in some circumstances lead to falls and injuries. In today's blog, we will discuss various pressures for different surfaces and bikes including e-bikes.</p>
<p>Ideal tire pressure depends on many factors: air temperature, tire width and rider's weight. Pressure in thin tires can reach up to 8 bar, while fat tires have pressures as low as 0,4 bar, to mention some extremes. Terrain is also a very important factor, on road surfaces, lower pressure is recommended for better traction and larger footprint. </p>
<br>
<br>
<p><h1>Ideal tire pressure guide</h1></p>
<p>Ideal pressure will depend on upper mentioned factors. Keep up with provided values for best results.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>MTB</strong></p>
<p>MTB tires use lower pressures than road tires for better traction. Larger tire volume provides lower pressures and larger footprint.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Recommended pressures for a 70 kg rider:</strong></p>
<p>- inner tube: 36 PSI (2,5 BAR) front / 38PSI (2,6 BAR) rear</p>
<p>- tubeless: 26 PSI (1,8 BAR) rear / 28PSI (1,9 BAR) rear</p>
<br>
<p>Weight correction: add 1PSI for every additional 5 kg</p>
<br>
<br>
<img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/tyre_pressure_guide_-_2-800x534.jpg" alt="" />
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Road bike</strong></p>
<p>Road bike tires are much thinner than MTB tires and under much higher pressure to reduce rolling resistance.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Recommended pressures for a 70 kg rider:</strong></p>
<p>- inner tube: 90 PSI (6,2 BAR) front / 93 PSI (6,4 BAR) rear</p>
<p>- tubeless: 80 PSI (5,5 BAR) front / 83 PSI (5,7 BAR) rear</p>
<br>
<p>Weight correction: add 2 PSI for every additional 5 kg and reduce 2 PSI for every 5 kg under 70 kg</p>
<br>
<br>
<img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/tyre_pressure_guide_-_7-800x534.jpg" alt="" />
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Cyclocross</strong>
<p>Cyclocross tire pressure lies between road tires and MTB tires for ideal combination of traction and rolling resistance.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Recommended pressures for a 70 kg rider:</strong></p>
<p>- inner tube: 48 PSI (3,3 BAR) front / 50PSI (3,5 BAR) rear</p>
<p>- tubeless: 36 PSI (2,5 BAR) front / 38PSI (2,6 BAR) rear</p>
<br>
<p>Weight correction: add 1 PSI for every additional 5 kg</p>
<br>
<br>
<img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/tyre_pressure_guide_-_6-800x534.jpg" alt="" />
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>City bike</strong></p>
<p>City bike tires are very similar to cyclocross tires.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Recommended pressures for a 70 kg rider:</strong></p>
<p>- inner tube: 50 PSI (3.4 BAR) front / 55 PSI (3,8 BAR) rear</p>
<p>- tubeless: 38 PSI (2,6 BAR) front / 40 SPI (2,7 BAR) rear</p>
<br>
<p>Weight correction: add 1 PSI for every additional 5 kg</p>
<br>
<br>
<img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/birdie_cornfieldyellow1-800x473.jpg" alt="" />
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Fat bikes</strong></p>
<p>Fat tires use much lower pressure than other tires due to their large volume. Fat tires are designed for soft terrains such as snow, sand and mud. With higher rolling resistance and large footprint it is possible to conquer any terrain.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Recommended pressures for a 70 kg rider:</strong></p>
<br>
<p><strong>Asphalt</strong></p>
<p>- inner tube: 21 PSI (1,5 BAR) front / 23 PSI (1,6 BAR) rear</p>
<p>- tubeless: 19 PSI (1,3 BAR) front / 21 PSI (1,4 BAR) rear</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Mud/snow/sand</strong></p>
<p>- inner tube: 7 PSI (0,5 BAR) front / 9 PSI (0,6 BAR) rear</p>
<p>- tubeless: 6 PSI (0,4 BAR) front / 7PSI (0,5 BAR) rear</p>
<br>
<p>Weight correction: add 1 PSI for every additional 5 kg</p>
<br>
<br>
<img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/fatbike-.jpg" alt="" />
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>E-bikes</strong></p>
<p>E-bikes require additional weight correction for every 5 kg above 15 kg of bike weight according to tire type.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jul 2018 11:33:07 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Can e-bike get you fit?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike-fite/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>It is that time of the year when we all like to spend some time riding our bikes.</p>
<br>
<p>But there is a question from e-bike owners: „Can you get fit on an e-bike?“.</p>
<p> Well, many will say that riding e-bikes for recreational purposes is pure cheating. That is what I also thought because I mainly use my e-bike to avoid pedaling and save my energy to my trip to work. Well, pedaling is still a must in order for a motor to work (except some of you who have an e-bike with the accelerator, but you can still pedal if you want to). </p>
<p>Famous Olympian Sir Chris Hoy said: „E-bikes are a nice combination of using our own human power and having a bit of assistance too.“ Sir Chris is right, as soon as you sit on an e-bike, you realize how fun it is. Now let's answer our question here, the answer is quite simple: yes, you can get fit on an e-bike. There are two ways: one is to use it as a regular bike, but that is not fun. The other way is to use less assistance, more leg power. If you encounter a steep hill, just feel free to lessen the impact by increasing the resistance. So, in order to count as a workout, you have to put some effort into pedaling and make it a constant power load, you must feel your legs getting tired over time. Ther is another great plus, when I go for a recreational ride, it is around 40 km long. That seems much but gets boring, with an e-bike I travel around 60-70 km for the same effort and it is more of an adventure. I also tried riding an e-bike as a regular bike and it is quite a workout due to increased weight, it is great for short-distance rides (10-15 km).</p>
<br>
<p>This last paragraph is about those of you who have a very poor stamina. You can start with higher assistance level and work your way down over time as you get stronger and gain more stamina. It is that simple and there is no better motivation for starting to work out because you can always get the motor's help when feeling exhausted.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jul 2018 13:53:25 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Training program for muscle mass (beginners)]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/muscle-mass-beginner-program/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's blog, I will present to you an ideal workout program for gaining muscle mass. After a 6 month research, we created a workout plan that works even for hard gainers.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>General information about muscle mass and other workout plans can be found in previous fitness blogs posts.
This super program offers everything you need to get fit and become well conditioned, we combined three cardio pieces of training per week with a five-day-split for with carefully picked rest periods. Exercises themselves can be customized but must be suitable for targeting selected muscle groups.</p>
<br>
The number of reps is not important, what is important that your last rep leads to failure, failure is important for overloading muscles to activate protein synthesis. Ideal rep range is between 8-12 reps.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Here is your five-day-split:</strong></p>
<br>
<p><strong>Monday:</strong></p>
<p>Chest - 5 exercises 5 sets</p>
<p>Abs 3-4 exercises 5 sets</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Tuesday:</strong></p>
<p>Legs - 5 exercises 5 sets</p>
<p>Cardio - 20-30 min</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>strong>Wednesday:</strong></p>
<p>Back - 5 exercises 5 sets</p>
<p>Lower back - 2 exercises 5 sets</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Thursday:</strong></p>
<p>REST from weight training (40 min cardio)</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Friday:</strong></p>
<p>Arms - 6 exercises 5 setsa</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Saturday:</strong>
<p>Shoulders 5 exercises 5 sets</p>
<p>Cardio 20 min</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Sunday:</strong></p>
<p>REST from weight training (40 min cardio)</p>
<br>
<p>If you follow the plan carefully, you can expect positive results in 2 weeks.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jul 2018 13:18:13 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-scooter vs. E-bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-scooter-vs-e-bike/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Which one to buy - e-scooter or e-bike?</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>In previous blogs, we talked about e-bikes and e-scooter, but here we will compare the two and show their real-world functionality.</p> 
<br>
<p><strong>E-scooters</strong></p>
<p>- affordable</p>
<p>- light (7-12 kg)</p>
<p>- designed for smooth surfaces such as asphalt and tiles</p>
<p>- easy to carry and transport, allowed in public transport</p>
<br>
<p>In the following examples you can find situations suitable for e-scooters:</p>
<p>- you live 5-10 km away from your work</p> 
<p>- you often get stuck in traffic and trip to work takes too long</p>
<p>- you live farther from your work and use e-scooter in combination with public transport</p>
<br>
<p>E-scooters are a great way to live the e-mobility lifestyle with little money. In most countries, e-scooters are completely legal with no special restrictions.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>E-bikes</strong></p>
<p>- more expensive than e-scooters</p>
<p>- usually heavier than conventional bikes (14-30 kg)</p>
<p>- can ride on any terrain (depending on the frame and tire type)</p>
<p<- very comfortable, even for long distance rides</p>
<br>
<p>In the following examples you can find situations suitable for e-bikes:</p>
<p>- transport from home to work, even if you live 20-30 km from your work</p<
<p>- long rides and offroad terrain rides</p>
<p>- folding e-bikes are very portable and can enter public transport</p>
<p>- hills</p>
<br>
<p>E-bikes do not need insurance if their top speed is 25 km/h and they can always be used as regular bikes.</p>


]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jul 2018 11:36:10 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Rest from training]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/rest-training/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Congratulations! You achieved your fitness goal and you want to take a break from training, or you want to go on vacation, recover from overtraining... In this blog, I will mention two types of rests, short-term (up to a month) and long-term also known as maintenance.</p>
<br>
<p>Before anything else, it is important to mention that if you completely stop exercising for longer periods (more than a month), you will experience muscle loss due to inactivity.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Short-term</strong> rest is needed after every 2-4 months of intense training, but do not think that we are talking about doing nothing, although you won't lose any significant muscle. Ideally, you should perform stretching exercises to improve circulation and recovery, this is very important for those of you who overtrain. After 2-4 weeks of rest, you can resume your normal exercise routine.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Long-term</strong> rest is a period longer than two months and there are two types: active (maintenance mode) and passive (atrophy mode).</p>
<p><strong>Atrophy mode</strong> as I like to call it means rest without any exercise. After 2 months, you can expect atrophy to kick in (muscle loss due to inactivity). Also, no worries here because when you, say, after a year decide to return to your exercise routine, it will take about 2 months of high-calorie diet and intense exercise to gain what you lost (muscles remember their good old days).</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Maintenance mode</strong> is simply that, maintenance of your physique. Here you need to perform at least one full-body workout per week and at least two cardio sessions. That is all it takes for maintaining your hard-earned muscle mass.</p>  
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Jul 2018 12:42:57 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Can an e-bike replace a car?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike-car/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's blog, we will discuss the possibility of replacing your car with an e-bike. We will follow the store of one American who claims that it is possible, but it depends on certain factors.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Eric lives in San Francisco for three years. He knew that owning a car is expensive there and decided to go the other way, to sell a car and buy an e-bike instead. So, why did he decide on such a thing?</p>
<br>
<p><strong>1. It is very expensive to own a car in SF</strong>
<p>Growing gas prices are not the only problem. Dor a young driver, insurance is quite expensive, let's add maintenance and parking cost to that... total expenses exceed $5000 annually.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>2. Driving in the city and searching for a parking spot are very frustrating</strong></p>
<p>There are two aspects of driving in the city which show that we are talking about a very frustrating and stressful experience: traffic jams and parking. Of course, Eric's car is very fast on the highway, but his rides were usually from home to work, shopping and gym. The one-way trip is around 7 km long plus since SF is very uneven, it includes some serious slopes.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>E-bike?</strong></p>
<p>Before Eric sold his car, he went to a bicycle shop and tried an e-bike. His greatest doubt was that e-bike is just a heavy bicycle on which a 250W motor won't provide any significant assistance.</p>
<p>Yet, as he rode an e-bike, Eric changed his mind, he was impressed by how easy it was to ride uphill and ride parallel to other cars without any sweat. After a test ride, still very impressed with the experience, Eric went home and in the following few days sold his car. He was still doubtful that the idea will work. Next day he went to the shop and rented an e-bike for a day to test it on certain routes. After a steep climb on the 17th Street, which was very smooth, Eric decided to purchase it.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Here are Eric's opinions and experience:</p>
<br>
<p><strong>1. Owning an e-bike is much cheaper than owning a car</strong>
<p>In the end, the e-bike costs 20 times less than a car (annually)</p>
<p>Here are annual expense comparisons for a car and an e-bike</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Car:</strong></p>
<p>Insurance: $2600</p>
<p>Maintenance: $1000</p>
<p>Parking: $200</p>
<p>Parking registration: $117</p>
<p>Registration: $150</p>
<p>Fuel: $1200</p>
<p>Total: $5200</p>
<br>
<p><strong>E-bike:</strong></p>
<p>Maintenance: $200 max</p>
<p>Fuel: $60</p>
<br>
<p><strong>2. Less time to get from point A to point B</strong>
<p>Despite the fact that e-bike is much more affordable than a car in the first place, riding through the city is considerably faster, it cannot be compared with other transportation types. E-bike accelerates very quickly and the riding speed is the same as the car's (due to traffic). It is very easy to accelerate and maintain a constant speed, even uphill.</p>
<p>Faster than a car? Unbelievable, but yes. Cars are generally much faster than an e-bike, but there are other factors which affect the trip time. Many cars stop at a traffic light, in a row, one behind the other while a cyclist stops just in front of the light like there is no traffic. So, how much „faster“ is an e-bike? We will find out with the following test: Eric traveled the same 5 km route with different vehicles and measured the time.</p>
<br>
<p>Vehicle    Time</p>
<p>Car 18min</p>
<p>Public transport 48 min</p>
<p>Bike 27 min</p>
<p>E-bike 15 min</p>
<p>As we can see, e-bike ride takes 3 minutes less than a car ride.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>3. You move, but do not sweat</strong>
<p>Every cyclist knows how it is to arrive sweaty to work every day... With an e-bike you still use some power, but much less, it feels like walking, yet you are actually moving much faster.</p>



]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jul 2018 12:06:48 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Cardio - when and how often]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/cardio/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Weight training by itself is not complete without additional aerobic cardio training. All of us should find some extra time for cardio training, at least three times per week.</p>
<br>
<p>If your goal (like mine) is too gain muscle mass, then you may be afraid of burning a few more calories to maximise your gains. Well, there are many reasons to do cardio - strong heart and high lung capacity lead to stronger body, better pump and overall better fitness. So, cardio training is the key for strong and healthy body.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>When is the best time for doing cardio?</strong></p>
<br>
<p><strong>First thing in the morning?</strong></p>
<p>Some of us get up very early to do cardio on an empty stomach, which sounds great. Cardio in the morning is great for those who later in the day plan to weight train. But, there is a problem. When one does cardio before eating, the stress puts the body into survival mode and the body starts to break down muscles instead of fat. You sould eat a small meal rich in protein or drink a protein or BCAA shake before so your muscles can be safe from being eaten away.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Before wieght training?</strong></p>
<p>Lots of people start their sessions with cardio. That 15-20 minutes of intense workout will noticeably lower your energy and performance levels for upcoming weight training. This should be avoided unless your fitness goal is general health.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>After weight trainig?</strong></p>
<p>This is very popular with those on a tight time schedule, including me. Muscles get very tired after a successful weight training, but your glycogen storage is full enough for a 20-minute cardio. </p>
<br>
<p><strong>Conclusion:</strong></p>
<p> Do cardio in the morning after a light meal, or if you are tight with your spare time, do it after the weight training session.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jul 2018 10:15:44 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-bike computer settings (Sydney and Dune)]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-cike-computer/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this blog you will learn how to set up the e-bike computer. The following instructions are valid only for Xplorer Sydney and Dune.</p>
<br>
<p>In order to enter setup menu, you will need to turn on the bike, then press nd hold upper and lower button for around  2 seconds until P01 shows on the screen. Settings can be adjusted by the upper and lower buttons and changing between settings is done by pressing the middle button.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>WARNING</strong>: modification of factory settings can lead to ptoduct's failure, warranty is voided if faults are produced due to changing settings. Speed limit can be changed, but at your own risk, EU has defined speed limit of 25 km/h.</p>
<br>
<p>P01 - backlight level 1-3</p>
<br>
<p>P02 - speed unit km/mi</p>
<br>
<p>P03 - battery voltage</p>
<br>
<p>P04 - sleep timeout</p>
<br>
<p>P05 - assistance level (PAS) - 0-3 levels, 1-5 levels, 2- no PAS</p>
<br>
<p>P06 - wheel size - 22“ Sydney, 28“ Dune</p>
<br>
<p>P07 - number of magnetic poles in the motor</p>
<br>
<p>P08 - speed limit</p>
<br>
<p<P09 - system setting</p>
<br>
<p>P10 - PAS setting, leave as it is</p>
<br>
<p>P11 - PAS sensitivity</p>
<br>
<p>P12 - PAS power</p>
<br>
<p>P13 - number of PAS sensor magnets</p>
<br>
<p>P14 - maximum current</p>
<br>
<p>P15 - system setting</p>
<br>
<p>P16 - total distance </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jun 2018 13:52:33 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Foldable e-bikes - Advantages and myths]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/foldable-ebikes/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's blog, we will mention some advantages of foldable e-bikes and bust 5 myths about them.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>ADVANTAGES</strong></p>
<br>
<p><strong>1. Take it with you wherever you go</strong></p>
<p>The greatest advantage of any foldable bike is its size when folded. It fits in every car's trunk, office, apartment... Take it with you while going to buy groceries, for a coffee with friends, to avoid traffic jams just to enjoy your ride.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>2. Acceeration</strong></p>
<p>Thanks to smaller wheels, it is much easier to accelerate than with larger wheels. Small wheels have less resistance making it much easier to get up to speed from a dead stop. Plus, if you add motor's assistance, you will take off like a rocket.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>3.Practicality</strong></p>
<p>With a foldable e-bike you can enter any public transport vehicle, making it very useful while raining or if you get a flat tire. </p>
<br>
<p><strong>4. Avoiding traffic jams</strong></p>
<p>This advantage has all electric commuter vehicles, I presume that everybody knows what it feels like to go to work with a car during rush hours. With an e-bike, you can without any struggle and sweat get to work on time and get there faster, not to mention that there's no need for finding a parking spot.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>5. Simple to use</strong></p>
<p>Folding and unfolding can be done in just a few seconds and everything you need to do to use motor's help is to turn the bike on, set assistance level and start pedaling.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>MYTHS</strong></p>
<br>
<p><strong>1. They are fragile</strong></p>
<p>It is a well-known fact that hinges are usually a weak point, but bike designer has solved this problem by reinforcing those joints and hinges to make them much stronger and more resistant to failure.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>2. They are slow</strong></p>
<p>You would think that because of tiny wheels, but this problem is also solved. Small bikes usually have a big crank sprocket which compensates for smaller wheel radius while maintaining the same cadence as on the full-size bike.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>3. They are too expensive considering their purpose</strong></p>
<p>Foldable e-bikes have lower prices than their full-size brothers. Considering foldable bike prices, they are more expensive due to additional electronics and the battery. Consider this: write down how many expenses you have for your car per year and write down an e-bike's price and add maybe a $1 for electricity. It is self-explanatory.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>4. They are heavy</strong></p>
<p>It depends on the manufacturer. Xplorer's e-bike Mini weighs only 12,8 kg which is the weight of a lighter full-size bike</p>
<br>
<p><strong>5.Short range</strong></p>
<p>Still depends on the manufacturer. Xplorer's e-bikes Mini and Sydney have very good ranges, ranges of full-size e-bikes, 45km for Mini and 90km for Sydney, respectively.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jun 2018 13:07:58 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Hoverboard - sensor calibration]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hoverboard-sensors/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Every hoverboard user will from time encounter gyro sensor misalignment on their hoverboards. This problem manifests in several ways: hoverboard's platform is not completely level when you stand on it, one side turns faster than the other or hoverboard vibrates when you step off.</p>
<br>
<p>That is a completely normal event because of hoverboard sensors, like any other sensor loose precision with time. The solution for this is extremely simple and takes only a few minutes of your attention, all you need to do is to calibrate these sensors. The process itself is very simple and we advise you to perform only on level surfaces.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Let's start with the calibration process:</strong></p>
<br>
<p>1. put your hoverboard on an even and leveled surface (or in a styrofoam holder that came in the box), it is important that the hoverboard is both fixed and that its position can be adjusted.</p>
<br>
<p>2. Adjust both sides so that they are completely leveled to each other</p>
<br>
<p>3. Press and hold the power button for 5 seconds until hoverboard's lights start flashing.</p>
<br>
<p>4. By using a level or a mobile app, level both platforms so they are completely horizontal.</p>
<br>
<p>5. Leve the hoverboard intact for few minutes until it turns off by itself (depending on the model, it can last from 10 to 30 minutes). The second option is to manually turn it off, but that must be done extremely carefully to avoid moving the hoverboard. </p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jun 2018 12:23:45 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Ab training]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ab-training/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's blog, I present you 15-minute ab training. As summer season has started, you probably want to have the perfect set of abs for the beach.</p>
<br>
<p>The following training is quite intense and if it is repeated 2-3times per week for at least 4 weeks, it can give very positive results. My best advice is to fast at least 2 hours before attempting this training because i can be very harsh to your full stomach.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Training structure</strong></p>
<p>2 groups of 8 exercises</p>
</p>1 set per exercise</p>
<p>Intervals: 45s exercise, 15s rest</p>
<p>For advanced exercisers, 2 sets per exercise (2 intervals)</p>
<br>
<p>In order to avoid loads of text and to make your experience better, here is the video. Enjoy your training.</p>
<br>
<br>
<iframe width="854" height="480" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/0yZDVWab_dI?ecver=1" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>
<br>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jun 2018 12:09:14 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[HIIT training program]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hiit-program/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this blog, I will present you a very efficient HIIT program. The whole program consists of one training session which lasts 20 minutes.</p>
<br>
<p>This training program consists of 3-minute cardio warmup and 17-minute HIIT workout with intermittent bursts of high intensity intervals with rest intervals.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>General structue:</strong></p>
<br>
<p>3min - warmup</p>
<p>30s per exercise -6 exercises</p>
<br>
<p>60s per exercise - 4 exercises</p>
<p>20s - rest</p>
<br>
<p>50s per exercise - 4 exercises</p>
<p>20s - rest</p>
<br>
<p>40s per exercise - 4 exercises</p>
<p>20s - rest</p>
<br>
<p>30s per exercise - 4 exercises</p>
<p>20s - rest</p>
<br>
<p>20s per exercise - 4 exercises</p>
<p>20s rest</p>
<br>
<p>10s per exercise - 4 exercises</p>
<p>20 s rest</p>
<br>
<p>My recommendation is to repeat this trainingsession 3-4 times per week for best results</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Here is video of HIIT training session, feel free to exercise along for better motivation.</p>
<br>
<br>
<iframe width="854" height="480" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/cZnsLVArIt8?ecver=1" frameborder="0" allow="autoplay; encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jun 2018 11:58:47 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[8 Reasons To Buy An E-bike]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/buy-e-bike/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>You still ask yourselves whether an e-bike is a right choice for you? Then this blog will help you make a final decision. Reasons to buy an e-bike can be very different; fun, hill riding, going to work, city commute... Let's start:</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>1. Go further</strong></p>
<p>That is very obvious. With your own power, you can only go so much. Lets now see an example of how an e-bike can help you to go further and explore more. Let's see that you can travel 50 km on your own before you get too tired. With an electric bike, you can travel around 80-100 km per battery charge using half the pedal power or even more if you decrease motor assistance. So an e-bike is basically like riding a tandem bike with your friend who helps you as you pedal.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>2. General health</strong></p> 
<p>Disregarding a myth that e-bikes are for lazy people and losers, by riding an e-bike one can achieve some positive results. By riding an e-bike you burn 2/3 the number of calories as on a regular bike although you feel like you put much less effort than that. Around 30% of e-bike owners use them every day, just imagine how much effect it has on your health.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>3. E-bikes are faster than cars</strong></p>
<p>That sounds very odd at first. Let me explain. A regular car can reach up to 200 km/h on a highway with no traffic. That is amazing, but the fact is that in the real world (especially in busy urban streets) you will not find the conditions to reach such speeds. The average speed of a car in traffic is very low due to traffic jams, traffic lights and other cars on the road. So, on average, you will be much faster riding an e-bike. My personal experience confirms that every working day. With an e-bike, it takes me 15 minutes to my office, while with a car it takes about 25 minutes due to morning traffic jams (+ finding a parking spot).</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>4. No sweating</strong></p>
<p>Sweating is a serious issue, especially during summer months. Anyone who rides a bike to work knows that. I had that same problem before I bought an e-bike. I was always cycling with my backpack (which made me sweat even more) in which I had clean work clothes. I had to arrive 10 minutes earlier to work and very swiftly change clothes before anyone else comes to work. It was like a nightmare. I have an e-bike for more than a year now and since then I have never arrived sweaty to work.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>5. Riding uphill</strong></p>
<p>We all know how hard it is to climb a steep hill with a bike (even with a 1000 different gears). Imagine that you live in a very hilly terrain and that you often have to climb home hills. E-bikes are here to flatten all these intimidating hills and make them enjoyable and very manageable. Imagine what will it feel like if you were riding uphill but had twice the power? You just imagined what is it like to ride an e-bike.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>6. Saving money</strong></p>
<p>Most of us need some form of transportation. U the western world that is usually a private car in which one person rides 90% of the time. The price of such transport is very high because cars are the second biggest monetary expense after housing. Let alone the price of the car itself, it needs fuel which is more and more expensive, it needs to be registered once a year and there are maintenance expenses. Imagine how much money you can save with an e-bike. It costs more than a regular bike but it uses electricity which is very cheap, around $1 per 10000 km and maintenance costs are very small. The only bigger expense is a new battery after every 50000-100000 km or 1000 cycles or so.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>7. 100% safe for the environment</strong></p>
<p>E-bikes do not emit toxic substances and use renewable energies(electricity) as a „fuel“.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>8. Parking</strong></p>
<p>In these days it is increasingly difficult to find a parking spot thanks to increasing number of cars. There are two options with a car: come earlier so you can find the spot or pay for a private parking spot. With an e-bike possibilities are endless: you can park it anywhere or take it with you to the office as I do.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>I believe that this blog helped you make your decision and that you changed your attitude toward e-bikes. In the beginning, I thought that they are lazy-machines, but I was proved wrong after I decided to buy one. It is a game changer for me.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jun 2018 14:21:33 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Benefits Of HIIT]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hiit-benefits/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>What is HIIT? HIIT stands for <strong>High-Intensity Interval Training</strong> and includes short bursts of intense exercise in combination with low-intensity or rest periods. According to some researches, HIIT is the most time-efficient form of exercise.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Interval training usually last between 10 and 30 minutes, no matter how short the training is, it can result in 2 times more benefits than medium-intensity training. The best thing is that many exercises can be part of HIIT. For example, a HIIT on an exercise bike can consist of 30-second high-intensity periods with 30-second rest periods.</p>
<br>
<p>Let's see some benefits of HIIT</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>1. HIIT burns a lot of calories in a short time</strong></p>
<p>One research compared calorie burn between 30-minute medium-intensity training and HIIT (biking and running). HIIT consisted of 20-second maximum power bursts and 40-second rest periods.</p>
<p>Results showed that HIIT group burned 25-30% more calories than the control group which means that by performing HIIT one can burn more calories by exercising only 1/3 of the time. That is the main reason why HIIT usually last shorter than other forms of training.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>. Fat burn</strong></p>
<p>Taking into consideration that HIIT burns more calories and that it speeds up metabolism, it also helps burn fat faster. One research on obese people showed that 3 20-minute HIITs per week in a period of 12 weeks resulted in 2 kg fat loss without any change in diet. That usually means that if you want to lose fat, you don't necessarily need to cut your calorie intake, you may just start exercising and enjoy your food.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>3. Better oxygen usage</strong></p>
<p>By oxygen usage we mean the amount of oxygen muscle can use per one minute. More oxygen means more power and better muscle performance. For better oxygen utilization, people often perform conditioning exercises that last very long. It is proven that HIIT can offer the same effect in much shorter time. 20-minute HIIT has the same effect as 40-minute conditioning training.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>4. Lower heart rate and blood pressure</strong></p>
<p>HIIT helps lower blood pressure and resting heart rate. It is very helpful for obese people and those who have a high blood pressure. 20-minute HIIT has same effects as 40-minute regular training.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>In the next blog, I will provide you with some HIIT workouts :-)</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jun 2018 14:15:38 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Insurance of electric bikes]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike-insurance/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>European Commission has given a new proposal - all electric bikes must have insurance.</p>
<br>
<p>In Bruxelles, the Commission decided that all electric bikes must have insurance from third-party liability. That decision is still not enforced, it has to be accepted by European parliament.</p>
<br>
<p>With that proposal, all e-bike riders with non-insured e-bikes would be illegally riding. That means lots and lots of fines because e-bikes are a trend in Europe and there are millions of e-bike users.</p>
<br>
<o>Criminalisation of e-bike riders</p>
<p>ECF stated: „Proposal of the EU commission clarifies the scope of the new directive that all vehicles must have a motor vehicle insurance for third party liability. This clarification was crucial to avoid confusion about which vehicles and on which geographical regions comply with conditions which come with this directive. Unfortunately, EZ's proposal, which was published today includes bicycles with assisted power. EU Commission states that all power assisted bicycles already need to have a complete motor vehicle insurance. With this text, EU Comision tends to criminalize millions of current electric bicycle users, forcing them to have motor vehicle insurance.“</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Scope of the new directive:</p>
<p>1. „Vehicle“ is any motor-powered vehicle/device which is used for transportation on land and it is powered by mechanical power.</p>
<br>
<p>1a. „use“ of the vehicle is every usage of a motor vehicle, which is in accordance with its functions no matter its performance or terrain type.</p>
<br>
<p>ECF wants EU parliament to disapprove this decision from the Commission to avoid criminalization of millions of EU citizens because 20-40% of them use e-bikes.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 May 2018 13:51:50 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Advantages of Regular Exercise]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/advantages-exercise/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>You already know that exercise is good for health. Let's see how good.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Active life is a healthy life - less medical problems, less stress, better sleep, better general mood, more energy. Those are major advantages which can be felt by anyone who exercises regularly, no matter their age and fitness level.</p>
<br>
<p> Let's see what are the three major advantages of regular exercise</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>1. Exercise improves your mood</p>
<br>
<p>This is my favorite and it really works. There is no better way of relieving stress than a good exercise ( I personally perform weight training), and I always feel more positive afterward. Physical activity stimulates the production of certain neurotransmitters which improve one's mood and substantially lower stress levels. You won't only feel better, you will also look better and have more self-confidence.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>2. Maintenance of ideal body weight</p>
<br>
<p>If you would like to lose some extra weight, go for a walk instead of watching TV or spending time on Facebook. That way, you burn extra calories and speed up your metabolism. If you want to be consistent, develop a training regimen and follow it strictly.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>3. Exercisers sleep better</p>
<br>
<p>Why do soldiers fall asleep so fast? They perform very intense physical exercises every day to be in their top shape. More exercise, better sleep. Good sleep is essential for productivity and concentration. With regular exercise, you will sleep better and also wake up less during the night which will result in better sleep quality.</p>
<br>
<p>I hope that this blog will make you exercise more often :-)</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 May 2018 14:39:00 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[History of e-bikes]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bike-history/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the 1890s, electric bikes started to appear in US patents.</p>
<br>
<p>At the end of 1895. Ogden Bolton Jr. Was granted a patent for a bicycle powered by batteries with 6-pole hub motor mounted in the rear wheel. The motor was powered by a 10V battery which was able to output 100A.<p>
<br> 
<p>In 1897, H.W. Libbey invented an electric bicycle with dual motor drive situated next to the crank. Tat design was taken by Giant in1990s.</p>
<br>
<p>In 1898 and 1899, patents were given for belt drive and friction drive electric bicycles.
Torque sensors and power controllers where not used until the 1990s. At that time cheaper e-bikes had lead-acid batteries while high-end bikes had NiCd and lithium batteries which were lighter and more powerful. In 2001, lithium ion batteries were the new go-to option because of their superior capacity, high power, and low weight.</p>
<br>
<p>1990. Michael Kutter manufactured first pedal-assist e-bikes (today known as PAS). Pedal assist bikes had no throttle and the motor turns on when the rider starts pedaling. Alas, his e-bikes were not popular on the market and Kutter went broke. His design was taken by Yamaha in 1993.</p>
<br>
<p>With rapid technological development and spikes in fossil fuel prices, e-bikes became very popular in a short amount of time. Today, e-bike count is more than 200.000.000 worldwide and rapidly growing.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 May 2018 12:42:32 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Kettlebell Training - How to Avoid Hand Injuries]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/kettlebell-hand-injuries/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>If you are a beginner and starting to use kettlebells for the first time, there is a chance that you will injure yourself during your first training session.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>1. Concentrate on the technique</strong></p>
<p>- perform and understand all exercise movements before starting with a kettlebell</p>
<p>- while swinging the kettlebell, restrict your wrist rotation to avoid injuries (a very common beginner mistake)</p>
<p>- start slowly and divide complex exercises into simple movements, first you should get used to simpler movements, then connect them together to perform the exercise</p>
<br>
<p><strong>2. Do not start too hard</strong></p>
<p>- no matter the weight you are starting with (whether 10 or 40 kg), you need to slowly increase the movement range and number of reps</p>
<p>- it takes some time for your skin to gain resistance to mechanical stress and friction (the same rule applies for those starting with the  street workout, many beginners end up with bloody blisters on their hands)</p>
<br>
<p><strong>3. Hand care</strong></p>
<p>- dry and cracked hands - use coconut oil before bed and use moisturizing cream during the day</p>
<p>- callouses - use abrasive rock while taking a shower to scrape away excess skin, callouses are normal and they indicate that your skin is getting more resistant</p>
<p>- chalk - chalk will dry your hands and increase friction which will only cause more problems, but if you still want to use chalk, use small amounts and apply moisturizer after the session</p>
<br>
<p><strong>4. Gloves</strong></p>
<p>- I personally do not recommend gloves because they decrease neurological feedback and cause forearms to get tired more quickly due to increased grip radius - if you still want to protect your hands, use cotton gloves and cotton bandages</p>
<p>- gloves will definitely help you avoid skin damage, but your skin will not get the needed toughness for performing exercises without gloves</p>
<br>
<p><strong>5. Kettlebell's handle</strong></p>
<p>- it is very important that the kettlebell's handle is smooth and crack free with no bumps or grooves</p>
<p>- quality kettlebells have a layer of protective coat on their handles and their main body is protected from shatter with the layer of neoprene</p>
<p>- if your kettlebell's handle has upper mentioned cracks and bumps, you can smoothen the handle with some sand paper and it will take some time</p>
<br>
<p><strong>. What to do with open blisters?</strong></p>
<p>- blisters can be avoided if you start slowly and gradually increase the number of reps</p>
<p>- do not remove skin flaps, press them on the blister and apply antibiotic cream</p>
<p>- stop training until your blisters heal or maintain with band-aids</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić


]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 May 2018 09:30:48 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-bikes and Rain]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bikes-rain-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the last few days we have gotten many inquiries about e-bikes and „extreme“ weather and riding conditions.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Lets clear up when you can and when you cannot ride your e-bike and how to ensure no damage will occur.</p>
<br>
<p>I already wrote a blog about e-bikes during winter and there I described proper care and maintenance in such conditions. Here, I will also give you some advice on riding and proper maintenance during rainy days.</p>
<br>
<p>We know since elementary school that electronics and water do not mix together. That is correct, but thanks to technological development, we have waterproof electronics such as newest smartphones. You should know the difference between waterproof and water-resistant.</p>
<p>All Xplorer electric bikes come with IPX4 certificates which means that the passed the water jet spray test from all directions 8thus water resistant). That does not mean that they will always be water resistant. Bike's resistance can diminish over time if improper care is taken and especially is the user does not maintain their bike regularly. NOTICE: warranty vill be voided if it gets water damaged. All connectors are waterproof and it is important to make sure that they are properly connected. The battery is protected by the aluminum casing with rubber gaskets and control electronics is placed inside the bicycle's frame.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Few tips on maintenance:</p>
<br>
<p>- wipe your e-bike with a dry cloth after every ride in wet conditions </p>
<p>- after every ride remove the battery, wipe it dry and make sure that the charging connector is dry before charging</p>
<p>- spray mechanical parts with WD-40 to displace any water and prevent rust (NEVER spray disc brakes or brake pads)</p>
<p>- if you were riding on mud, clean your bike before the mud hardens to prevent paint and mechanical parts damage</p>
<br>
<p>Advice for riding during rain/ on wet surface / on mud:</p>
<br>
<p>- avoid water deeper than 5 cm (2 in)</p>
<p>- maintain speed lower than 20 kph on wet and muddy terrains unless you have good fenders or are not afraid to get muddy and wet</p>
<p>- if you want to ride on rain, invest in waterproof footwear and clothes</p>
<p>- put some lights on your e-bike to be visible to others as well as for better visibility</p>
<p>- do not brake hard to avoid sliding and falls</p>
<br>
<p>Xplorer e-bikes can be ridden in any weather, just make sure that you have taken proper measures and your e-bike will always be ready for new challenges.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 May 2018 12:11:06 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[New AR app - ARGunPro]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/argunpro-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>A new AR app has arrived in mobile app stores: The <strong>ARGunPro</strong> app.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>ARGunPro works with Xplorer AR consoles and we decided to test it. The app and all games included are completely free and to use the app, you (obviously) need an Xplorer AR Console.</p>
<p>Sadly, the app is not optimized for joysticks in Proton and Blaster models, but it can be used on all our consoles due to 360 support. The main menu is overwhelmingly full of many different games, some of them require additional download due to their complexity.</p>
<br>
<p>Considering game types, there is about half of Ar and half of VR games. Sure, AR is what interests us and I can say that the experience is much better due to improved physics and full resolution surrounding stream on the screen.</p>
<p><span style="color: #0000ff;"><strong><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.sagetech.argunpro&amp;hl=en"><span style="color: #0000ff;">ARGunPro Android </span></a></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #0000ff;"><strong><a href="https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/argun-pro/id1252574373?mt=8"><span style="color: #0000ff;">ARGunPro iOS</span></a></strong></span></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Here you can see how the gameplay looks:: <br /> <br /> <iframe frameborder="0" height="270" src="https://giphy.com/embed/PNfO53FCigbBMVhlK0" width="480"></iframe></p>
<p><a href="https://giphy.com/gifs/ar-gameplay-xplorer-PNfO53FCigbBMVhlK0">via GIPHY</a></p>
<p></p>
<br>
<br>
<iframe src="https://giphy.com/embed/NSXlOl4DMBE2mQ9Tu0" width="480" height="270" frameBorder="0" class="giphy-embed" allowFullScreen></iframe><p><a href="https://giphy.com/gifs/ar-NSXlOl4DMBE2mQ9Tu0">via GIPHY</a></p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 May 2018 09:18:27 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Training For The Summer Season]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/sumer-training-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Summer is just around the corner, are you ready for the bathing suit season? By providing the following advice, I will help you to get ready in about a month.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>To lose excess weight, one should follow two very important plans:</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Nutrition</strong></p>
<p>Healthy nutrition is critical for getting and maintaining the fit look. One spends around an hour per day exercising, but what you do during the remaining 23 hours is also very important.</p>
<p>- lower the fat and carbohydrate intake, eat more greens and protein-rich foods</p>
<p>- lower daily calorie intake (try not to surpass 2000 kcal/day)</p>
<p>- increase the number of meals to 5 and decrease the amount you eat per meal (this is great for maximizing nutrient absorption)</p>
<p>- rest for at least 1,5 hours before exercising</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Exercise</strong></p>
<p>- if you want to lose weight, cardio training is ideal for you. Cardio training should last between 20 and 40 minutes with high intensity (you will notice better results if you lower the carbohydrate intake). For more efficient cardio training we recommend you an elliptical trainer since it activates all muscle groups simultaneously and increases calorie burn.</p>
<p>- After cardio training concentrate on the part of the body that you want to develop. For summer season we are usually talking about abs and gluteus</p>
<p>•	For ab training, I recommend the Six Pack in 30 days app (you will not get a sixpack in that short amount of time but you can expect amazing results)</p>
<p>•	For gluteus training, I recommend the 30 Day Butt Challenge app (you can also expect very good results)</p>
<br>
<p>It is never too late to start your summer transformation, in as short as 30 days, you can expect good positive results :-)</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 May 2018 09:04:52 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-bikes - Battery Maintenance]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ebike-battery-maint-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In today's blog, you will find out how to properly care for your e-bike's battery to make it last longer.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>All Xplorer e-bikes have removable batteries to make charging and storing easier.</p>
<p>Unlike e-bikes with integrated batteries, you can take the battery off from our e-bikes and charge it wherever you want without having to bring the whole bike.</p>
<br>
<p>Our e-bikes use Samsung lithium batteries of high capacity and a  long lifetime (1000-1500 charging cycles). Battery's lifetime is considered to be the number of cycles until the battery's capacity falls below 70% of its original capacity.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>1000-1500 cycles</strong> is estimated if the battery is charged from around 0% to 100%. Here is some advice to make your battery last longer:</p>

<strong>- charge the battery to 80% (taking into consideration that such smart chargers are very expensive, simply charge the battery an hour less than it usually takes to 100%) - <strong>this method can double your battery life</strong> </p>
<br>
<p>- if you are charging the battery to 100%, start using it in the next 24 hours (if fully charged battery sits for extended periods of time, its capacity starts slowly degrading)</p>
<br>
<p>- feel free to charge overnight, both battery and the charger will stop charging when the battery reaches full charge</p>
<br>
<p>- never discharge below 20% (at low voltages, battery will slowly lose its capacity over time)</p>
<br>
<p>- never discharge the battery to 0%, it will activate safety systems which will permanently disable it to avoid safety issues
<br>
<p>- do not leave the battery in direct sunlight or in hot places</p>
<br>
<p>-when storing the battery, charge it to 80% and put it in a dry and cool place. Check the battery level every 30 days and charge if needed</p>
<br>
<p>- during the winter, take the battery off your e-bike and store it at the room temperature (in extremely low temperatures, the battery will have at least 20% lower mileage which is completely normal for lithium batteries</p>
<br>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 May 2018 07:28:13 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Hub Drive Vs. Mid Drive]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hub-vs-mid/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ebike drives can be sorted in the two categories: hub drive ebikes and mid-drive ebikes. Let's see what are advantages and disadvantages of the both and their intended use.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Hub drive</strong> - hub drives are very simple and that is the main reason why they are so efficient. Hub motor is nothing more than an electric motor put inside bicycle's hub. These motors are popular worldwide due to their rapid development throughout the years. Thanks to technological development, hub motors are now the most efficient machines. Hub motor has a direct power transfer to the bicycle wheel which minimizes power losses. Xplorer uses geared hub motors with freewheel systems to maximize output torque and provide normal user experience while the motor is not running.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Advantages: </p>
<br>
<p>- the motor is placed inside the bicycle wheel and does not affect bicycle's design</p>
<p>- it can be used with twist throttle which effectively gives you motorcycle riding experience</p>
<P>- low weight - 250W motor weighs only 3 kg</p>
<p>- very efficient at higher rpm (geared motors have higher internal RPM and are more efficient than direct-types</p>
<p>- very little mechanical components -> long lifetime, very low wear over time</p>
<p>- maintenance free</p>
<p>- higher power to torque ratio</p>
<p>- improves bike's handling due to the low center of gravity</p>
<p>- very simple to repair if faulty</p>
<p>- no rolling resistance thanks to the freewheel system</p>
<br<
<br>
<p>Disadvantages:</p>
<br>
<p>- price (for more powerful versions)</p>
<p>- it can overheat if low-quality controller is used (that is common for low-quality eBay bikes)</p>
<p>- it is hard  to differentiate between good and poor quality ones (look for Bafang branded motors for best quality)
<br>
<br>
<p><strong>Mid-drive</stronng> - also known as the crank drive. The mid-drive motor is an electric motor with its own crank placed where the crank usually is. Crank motors transfer their power over the chain to the rear wheel and they are intended for smooth rides and slightly elevated terrains while hub motor is more used for their brute force. These motors can be used only for power assist because they cannot drive the bike by themselves due to their dependency on the whole system including pedals which would hit the rider repeatedly. This system is also very efficient, but not as hub motors. This type is popular in Europe and most familiar manufacturers of such drives are Panasonic, Bafang, Shimano Yamaha and Bosch.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Advantages:</p>
<br>
<p>- the system has a more open design which means better cooling </p>
<p>- works in sync with the rider directly</p>
<p>- lower center of gravity - better handling</p>
<p>- slightly more efficient than hub motors at low RPM and under 100W</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Disadvantages:</p>
<p>- if anything goes bad, the whole drive unit must be replaced which is very expensive</p>
<p>- not waterproof</p>
<p>- increased wear on internal mechanical parts and on chain, derailleurs and sprockets - higher maintenance costs</p>
<p>- very expensive</p>
<p>- the drive unit has resistance while not in use - harder to ride like a normal bicycle</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>So, we compared both drive types which are relatively similar considering their functionality. Our choice is hub motors due to their simplicity, quality, and efficiency. Hub drives last for a very long time and in fact you will have to replace many batteries before your motor fails (one battery can give up to 90000 km or 1500 cycles and i is easy to buy a new one).</p>
<br>
<p>Advice for the end: if you are buying an ebike, invest some money in a high-quality U-lock to avoid thefts.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić


























]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2018 13:41:00 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Elliptical trainer Xplorer IE 500]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/IE-500-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Xplorer IE 500 is a professional elliptical trainer which is intended for commercial use thanks to build quality and longevity of carefully selected materials.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>IE 500 provides complete full body workout which is great for conditioning and rapid weight loss combined with complete cardiovascular training which helps increase metabolism as well as maintaining the fit look.</p>
<br>
IE 500 perfectly simulates natural body movements while running thanks to its special design with rails and rollers which provide linear stride. Compared to other elliptical trainers e.g. Xplorer Champion, arm and leg movements completely correspond to natural movements while running which is very important for right muscle activation.</p>
<br>
<p>One very important feature of elliptical trainers is their impact on joints and ligaments. It is well known that almost all runners have experienced issues with their knees or ligaments in their heels due to repeated impacts while running. Elliptical trainer completely eliminates that problem because your feet are on platforms during the whole exercise and impact on joints and ligaments is very low which is ideal for older people and those who have joint issues.</p>
<br>
<p>Sturdiness of the main frame results in superior carrying capacity and resistance to wear and tear due to prolonged usage. We have carefully selected materials which passed strict tests of quality, wear, corrosion, abrasion, toxicity, and resistance to UV. This machine can be used in hotels and fitness centers and it can support up to 150 kg.</p>
<br>
<p>This machine has 15 (HRC, fat burn, HIT, hill, country...) +1 fully programmable modes. All 15 modes can be configured according to user's requirements and every user can input their weight, height and other parameters to ensure correct HR target zones and calorie counts. Resistance control system uses magnetic induction to provide up to 450W of braking power (although specification says 300W). The large flywheel of 14 kg is used to ensure smooth operation.</p>
<p>IE 500 is compatible with the iConsole+ app which adds fun to regular training sessions. iConsole+ app is used to simulate running on real-world terrains worldwide by using Google StreetView and terrain inclination data. After you choose your route, on your smartphone/tablet's display the route from Google Street View will appear (this app is great for hotels so that guests can jog or run around the place they are staying to explore their surroundings while training).</p>
<p>The machine generates its own electricity and it operates by itself, so there is no need for the wall plug.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Martešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 May 2018 08:57:56 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Why are E-scooters so Popular?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-scooters-popularity/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The number of electric scooters has drastically increased during the last three months.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Is it due to some short lasting techno-trend or something else?</p>
<br>
<p<Electric scooter was designed to be a simple and light mean of transportation for urban commute which is its main purpose. Instead of being stuck while going to work, you can easily avoid it and spend less time traveling to work. So, what does it mean? Less stress, you can sleep longer and you don't have to worry about finding a parking spot in busy streets. E-scooter is very light so you can take it everywhere with you.</p>
<br>
<p>I was able to interview some e-scooter owners about their e-scooter experience. Here are the two most interesting (interviews were performed on busy streets in Zagreb, Croatia):<p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Željko - I bought an electric scooter to save on gas and avoid traffic jams in the morning. When I go to work with my car, it takes me 25-30 minutes because there is always a big jam on the bridge and by waiting I am losing time and money i.e. I am wasting fuel on slowly moving 10kph. I decided to buy an electric scooter because it seemed like an ideal solution for my problems. Firstly, it is small and takes very little space, secondly, 25 kph is more than enough and with it it takes me only about 15 minutes to my work and I do not have to spend additional time to find a parking spot. When I do the math, it really pays off. I recommend e-scooters to anyone who can relate to my story, it is a great investment.</p>
<br>
<p>Tatjana - I went by bus to work every day. I was always forced to go on the earlier bus to be sure that I would arrive in time because you never know when you will get stuck in traffic. I was looking for a better way because I live few bus stops away from my work and I had to pay around $60 a month for the bus (In Croatia, we get $60 a month for public transport monthly tickets). That seemed absurd so I decided to search for a better alternative. I Googled for cheaper transportation options and I stumbled upon electric scooters. I was amazed when I read that 1000 km costs only $1 of electricity. Of course, you have to add the scooter price to it, which is $500. When you do the math for the first year, it is around $45 a month, $15 cheaper than slow public transport anyway. So if I use my transportation money to buy an electric scooter, I saved more than $150 per year, which means that, in the end, I have at least $150 more in my pocket for something else. I liked the idea so much that I bought the scooter with my Amex card. I have the e-scooter for three months and I am using transportation money to pay it off month by month. I recommend it to everyone.</p>
<br>
<p>Željko and Tatjana made good decisions and they solved some of their everyday problems and saved some money at the same time. Sometimes it is necessary to spend some money to save more in the long run.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Apr 2018 08:45:00 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Training for Muscle Mass for Beginners]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/muscle-mass-beg/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>You are a beginner who wants to gain some muscle?</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>This blog is dedicated to all beginners and those who just started (1-2 months into training ) and plan to gain some muscle. We will see why it is recommended to start with lighter weights or resistances.</p>
<br>
<p>Let's start with one fact: <strong>first 3-6 months</strong> represent the most productive period in which you will get most gains. Majority of beginners make a big mistake and copy professional bodybuilders and end up injured or underdeveloped (no or little gains).</p>
<br>
<p><strong>IMPACT OF STRESS ON MUSCLE GAINS</strong></p>
<br>
<p>You probably know that stress affects gains (Arnold Schwarzenegger repeats that all the time). Yet did you know that stress induced by lighter weights gives much better results with beginners than heavier weights? In fact, every new stress results in muscle growth (with proper nutrition). Bodyweight and light weight training are a very powerful stimulant for the beginner because you are not adapted to higher stress levels (one rep max weights for example often lead to overstress and injury). Taking into account that you probably didn't train by lifting weights, lighter weights represent a new stress for your muscles and your muscles will respond to their development and gains. </p>
<p>To conclude, if you want to increase your muscle mass, start with lighter weights to adapt to new types of stimuli and later progressively increase your weights as you progress.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>Pro tip</strong>: choose your beginner weights by testing your 12 rep max for every exercise you want to perform.</p>
<br>
<p>After about a month, your body will conclude that you need more strength and it will increase protein synthesis speed. This phase starts after 4 weeks of training and lasts up to 12 weeks without the need to increase the weight.</p>
<p>A phase of tiredness - if you repeat the same training over and over again, your body enter the tired phase when your progress stops, tiredness increases and lack of interest for exercising begins to overcome your will to exercise. If you feel like you are nearing that phase, increase your weights and change your training plan.</p>
<br>
<p>One last tip: do not forget about healthy and balanced nutrition plan which will help you maximize your potential!</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Apr 2018 19:14:22 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Regenerative Braking - Does it Pay Off?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/regen-braking/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Regenerative braking - does it pay off?</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Why are regenerative braking systems so inefficient and how much?</p>
<br>
<p>Regenerative braking is a process of braking with an electric motor in such a way that it converts all that braking energy in an electric thus charging the battery.</p>
<p>Regenerative braking requires a direct drive motor (or belt drive etc) because such drives do not have freewheel which is important. Direct drive hub motors are generally more massive than small geared hub motors and also have some resistance while pedalling due to the lack of freewheel system.</p>
<P>Regarding the regenerative braking efficiency, <strong>it is only15%</strong> (tested on a leveled surface with no incline or decline in ideal conditions). So, if the battery outputs, say 8 Wh to accelerate to some speed and 3.6 Wh of kinetic energy are gained. Braking will use all 3.6 Wh of initial kinetic energy and  the motor will output 1.3 Wh to the battery which is only 15% of  the energy used. </p>
<p>That does not mean that you will get a 15% more mileage off your ebike because when cruising, your motor uses power to MAINTAIN your speed aka kinetic enery which here is essentially a power loss or energy lost to friction and wind resistance you cannot recover by braking.</p>
<br>
<p>So, if you can, rather buy an ebike with geared motor, not only your ebike will be lighter, but also more efficient and easier to pedal. Antoher major geared hub motor advantage is the torque, due to gear reduction inside the motor, torque gets magnified and generally in relation to direct-drive motors, geared ones have 2X the torque, which is up to 70Nm for a 250W version.</p>
<br>
<p>I hope you enjoyed the blog and have a great time with your new ebike.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Apr 2018 12:23:31 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to Manage Muscle Soreness]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/muscle-soreness/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Everyone who wants to transform their body by exercising knows that musle soreness  is imminent.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Well, there are 5 best ways to relieve muscle soreness.</p>
<br>
<p>1. Exercise - light exercise helps improve circulation and increase in blood circulation helps lessen the pain</p>
<br>
<P>2. Stretch after every exercise - the more time you spend stretchng, the faster your recovery, the faster you will be able to get back to your program</p>
<br>
<P>3. Start slow - whether you are just starting to work out or or you are implementing a new exercise into your routine, always start slowly without forcing yourself. You progress will not be any less if you start with less resistance or reps on your first day and you will deffinitely experience much less soreness and be able to recover more quickly after every exercide</p>
<br>
<p>4. Muscle massage - you do not need to pay the professional for this one, self-massage is an ideal way to help speed your recovery up. Just do not perform a muscle massage right after the exercicse because you will disturb the natural recovery process. But, at any other given time, only 5 minutes of the massage can greatly incriase the circulation.</p>
<br>
<p>5 Ice - Ice relieves inflammation pain by initially restricting the blood flow and numbs the affected area. You can put an ice pack on any bodypart up to 20 minutes at a time, mulitple times a day. At first, you will feel very uncomfortable ,but over time, you will get used to ice packs. </p>
<br>
Author: Antonija Jerbić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Apr 2018 12:47:58 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-scooter battery maintenance]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-scooter-battery/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Xplorer's e-scooters are equipped with Samsung Li-ion batteries which can last a considerably long time if you take care of them properly.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>The average lifetime of a Li-ion battery is between 500 and 1000 cycles (1 cycle means one complete charge and discharge). After 500-1000 cycles the battery loses around 30% of its capacity and it is considered expired which means that it should be replaced.</p>
<p>How many cycles will you get from your battery (500 or up to 1000) completely depends on you.</p>
<br>
<p>- Lithium batteries should not be charged to 100% after every ride as it was the case with lead acid batteries.</p>
<p>- Charge the battery to 100% only if you plan to use it in next 24-28 hours, anything loner than that will damage the battery (over time).</p>
<p>- Do not over-discharge the battery (below 10-15%). If the battery's voltage is too low, it will permanently lose a tiny bit of its capacity which directly affects battery's performance.</p>
<p>- To extend the battery life to its maximum you should charge it to 80-90% percent.</p>
<p>- Do not expose the battery to extreme temperatures (below -5 deg and above 50 deg).</p>
<p>- If you plan to store your e-scooter for extended periods of time, charge the battery between 60-80% and every month check the battery level and charge if needed to avoid over-discharge and damage.</p>
<br>
<p>I hope that this blog helped you extend your Xplorer's e-scooter lifetime :-)</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Apr 2018 07:23:36 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Hoverboard and Battery Maintenance]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/hoverboard-maintenance-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this blog, you will find out what can you do to maximize your Xplorer hoverboard's lifetime.</p>
<p>Upcoming advice will help you avoid damage (<strong>all damage caused by user error are voiding the warranty</strong>).</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Handling and maintenance:</p>
<br>
<p>Do not ride non-offroad hoverboards on rough terrain to avoid plastic and motor damage.
Ride on relatively dry surfaces. Avoid riding during rainfall to prevent water exposure to electronics and possible short circuits and corrosion.</p>
<p>Do not leave the hoverboard in direct sunlight and extreme temperatures. The battery inside the hoverboard is very sensitive to extreme temperatures and it can cause internal damage (permanent loss of capacity).</p>
<p>Clean the hoverboard after every ride and make sure that the charging connector is clean and dry.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Battery:</p>
<br>
<p>The battery is the most important part of the hoverboard. If you take proper care of the battery, the battery will serve you well and have a long lifetime.</p>
<p>The hoverboard battery is made up of lithium ion cells which are the most powerful type of battery. To make the lithium battery last longer, one should take further steps:</p>
<p>- Fully charge the battery only when you plan to use it in next 24-48 hours. Otherwise, if sitting for too long, it will start permanently losing the capacity.</p>
<p>- Do not discharge the battery below 15% (red blinking light on a hoverboard). Overdischarge causes small but permanent loss of capacity.</p>
<p>- Never ever completely discharge the battery, it permanently kills the battery.</p>
<p>- Avoid exposure to temperature under -5*C and over 50*C.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Charging:</p>
<br>
<p>As soon as the hoverboard gives the low battery signal, end the rise and charge the battery.</p>
<br>
<br>
<p>Storage:</p>
<p>If you plan to store the hoverboard for longer periods of time (more than a month), charge the battery to 80% and put the hoverboard in the box. Every month or so, turn the hoverboard on for a few minutes and recharge the battery to 80%. If you do not recharge, the battery may completely discharge and become useless.</p>
<p>After storage: turn the hoverboard on, calibrate sensors and let it completely charge. After the charging process is complete, it is ready to ride.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Apr 2018 11:35:37 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer AR - Everything you need to know]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xplorer-ar-updated/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this blog, you will find out all important information about <strong>Xplorer AR consoles</strong></p>
<br>
<p>AR consoles have been on the market for few months, yet because they are a novelty in the world of technology, you are probably not familiar with the product.</p>
<br>
<p>Xplorer AR console is a controller shaped like a gun/ a rifle which communicates with your smartphone via Bluetooth and is used for playing <strong>AR</strong> and <strong>VR</strong> mobile games in the <strong>first person</strong>. One great advantage of this product is that it also serves as a smartphone holder and the smartphone serves as a monitor (the holder has a very strong grip on your smartphone, it will not fall off whatever you do)</p>
<br>
<p>AR consoles come with its companion app which contains all needed drivers and many fun games such as different variations of <strong>FPS</strong> (first person shooters). Some games are in <strong>VR</strong> (virtual reality) environment which basically means in-hame graphics in 360 and some are in AR (augmented reality) environment which means that the screen shows your real surroundings with added objects from the game (merging the real with the virtual world).</p> 
<p>Gameplay is very simple, intuitive and fun. In contrast to all other „regular“ games, games designed for Xplorer AR consoles take place in all 360 degrees around you and <strong>you become the part of the game</strong>. You simply aim by pointing the console like a real gun and shoot by pressing the trigger.</p>
<br>
<p>We have two different types of AR consoles:</p>
<br>
<p>So-called BASIC: Crossfire and Xcalibur - only 360 rotation with the trigger. Games for these consoles are less performance-hungry and they work with older smartphones with lower specs such as 1 GB RAM, 1.5 GHz CPU, 500 MB of free space in the main memory.</p>
<br>
<p>So-called ADVANCED: Proton and Blaster - 360 rotation + moving through space (joystick) and tactical buttons (reload and zoom (scope)). Games for these consoles are much more advanced and more performance-hungry which means they require more powerful smartphones: 2 GB RAM, 2 GHz CPU, 1 GB of free space in the main memory.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Mar 2018 14:09:33 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to choose between Xplorer Bluetooth headphones?]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/choose-bluetooth-headphones-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In previous blog posts we provided you detail specifications and user experience of all Xplorer Bluetooth headphones and today we will compare them to help you decide which one to buy.</p>
<br>
<p>We will start with <strong>BQ 40</strong> and <strong>BQ 50</strong> headphones which are very similar to their specifications.</p>
<p><strong>BQ 40</strong> comes in green color. Part of the headphone that goes into the ear is made of ABS plastic while <strong>BQ 50</strong> comes in black color and the part which goes into the year is made up of silicone. Both models turn on by holding the middle button for 5 seconds. After that, headphones will pair with your smartphone with the Bluetooth turned on. Because of their design, both models are intended for use duriing sports activities.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>BQ 70</strong> is the canal type headphones and have a very attractive red-grey design. They have embedded magnets so you can wear them as a necklace while not in use and. <strong>BQ 70</strong> is very easy to tun on, just pull them apart and that is it. Headphones have silicone ear holders which makes them fit very securely in your ear and will not fall out even during most intense physical activities. Their battery lasts up to 4.5 hours.</p>
<br>
<p>All three models of Xplorer Bluetooth headphones are great for the sport and if you want your battery to last longer and want to be 100% sure that they will not fall out of your ears, then Xplorer BQ 70 are ideal headphones for you.</p>
<br>
Author: Antonoija Jerbić
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jan 2018 09:56:02 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Bluetooth headphones BQ 40]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/bt-headphones-bq-40/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Xplorer BQ 40 reminds us of Apple's Earpods and they fit inside the ear very comfortably.</p>
<br>
<p>How do they work?</p>
<br>
<p>To turn them on, you have to hold the middle button for around 5 seconds, after that headphones will enter pairing mode. Then the only thing left to do is to turn on the Bluetooth on your smartphone and pair the two.</p>
<br>
<p>These headphones are the in-ear type, but they are not canal type like BQ 50 and BQ 70 making them, at least according to me, much more comfortable for extended use. Driver size of 10 mm and impedance of 32 Ohms provide very good sound quality. BQ 40 also have integrated microphone for handsfree calls and voice commands. The battery lasts for 4 hours of listening to the music at the maximum volume which is great for such a small gadget. The battery recharges in around 2 hours.</p>
<br>
<p>Most importantly, the wire connecting the two headphones is quite short and it does not tangle. Headphones do not fall out of ears no matter what you do making them ideal for various activities.</p>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jan 2018 12:41:00 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[How to choose Bluetooth hteadphones]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/how-to-bluetooth-headphones-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In previous blog posts we provided you detail specifications and user experience of all Xplorer Bluetooth headphones and today we will compare them to help you decide which one to buy.</p>
<br>
<p>We will start with <strong>BQ 40</strong> and <strong>BQ 50</strong> headphones which are very similar to their specifications.</p>
<p><strong>BQ 40</strong> comes in green color. Part of the headphone that goes into the ear is made of ABS plastic while <strong>BQ 50</strong> comes in black color and the part which goes into the year is made up of silicone. Both models turn on by holding the middle button for 5 seconds. After that, headphones will pair with your smartphone with the Bluetooth turned on. Because of their design, both models are intended for use duro+ing sports activities.</p>
<br>
<p><strong>BQ 70</strong> is the canal type headphones and have a very attractive red-grey design. They have embedded magnets so you can wear them as a necklace while not in use and. BQ 70 is very easy to tun on, just pull them apart and that is it. Headphones have silicone ear holders which makes them fit very securely in your ear and will not fall out even during most intense physical activities. Their battery lasts up to 4.5 hours.</p>
<br>
<p>All three models of Xplorer Bluetooth headphones are great for the sport and if you want your battery to last longer and want to be 100% sure that they will not fall out of your ears, then Xplorer BQ 70 are ideal headphones for you. </p>
<br>
Author: Antonija Jerbić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jan 2018 14:08:13 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Bluetooth headphones BQ 50]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/Xplorer-bq-50-en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>If you perform sports activities during your free time like me, then you know what is it like to train while listening to your favorite tunes.</p>
<br>
<p>While training, music stimulates us and gives us additional strength and motivation when we need it. That is the reason why we present you <strong>Xplorer Bluetooth headphones BQ 50</strong>. With this high-quality headphones, you will look forward to your next training session.</p>
<br>
<p>How do these headphones work?</p>
<p>To turn them on, you need to hold the middle button for 5 seconds (pairing mode), then you have to turn on the Bluetooth on your smartphone, pair it with your headphones and you are ready to go. It's that simple.</p>
<p>BQ 50 are in-ear headphones which means that they enter the ear canal which makes them more stable (they do not fall off during training/exercise). <strong>10mm driver and 32-ohm impedance provide great sound quality</strong> with the frequency range from 20-20000Hz.  Another advantage of this headphones is the microphone which enables hands-free use and voice commands.</p>
<br>
<p>With all that, Xplorer BQ 50 are very durable, in the stand-by mode they can last for 140 hours, phone calls for 5 hours and listen to music at max. volume for 4 hours. Charge time is roughly 2 hours. If you get annoyed by tangled wires, you will no longer be with BQ 50 due to their design with a very short wire that goes around your head and thanks to magnets embedded in the headphones, you can wear them like a necklace when not in use.</p>
<br>
<p>Whether you run, lift in the gym or do something else, BQ 50 will not disappoint you.</p>
<br>
Author: Jakov Barić]]></description>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jan 2018 09:37:22 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Code - Hoverboard for Everyone]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xplorer_code_en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>New hoverboard <strong>Xplorer Code</strong> has arrived!</p> <br>
<p>Somebody aside would think that it is just another hoverboard in the row, but we in Xplorer are very happy with the Code, Why?</p><br>
<p> Code's specifications are very similar to other Xplorer hoverboards: 6.5-inch wheels, its maximum speed is 12 kph, its range is between 15 and 20 km per charge, charge time is 1-2 hours, it is powered by two 350W hub motors and 36V 4.4Ah Samsung battery. It also comes with the remote controller which enables you to turn the hoverboard on or off, use a siren or change riding modes from beginner to advanced. </p><br>
<p>Beginner mode is used to make the learning process easier and faster for those who are trying the hoverboard for the first time. In beginner mode, the maximum speed is limited to 6 kph and the hoverboard reacts much slower. It also has the Bluetooth speaker which can be connected to any smartphone for listening to the music or one can use the hoverboard as a stand-alone Bluetooth speaker, LED headlights with turning indicators and battery level indicator light.</p><br>
<p>However, Xplorer code has some advantages over other hoverboard models. The first advantage is its low weight of only 10 kilograms which makes it the lightest hoverboard on the market. That makes it very convenient for young children, speaking of which, children as light as 20-23 kilograms and adults up to 120 kilograms can ride it which is another advantage. Next and maybe the biggest advantage is its relatively low price point given its quality build and components.</p><br>

<p>Xplorer Code comes in red, black, gold or camouflage.</p><br>

<p>Author: Antonija Jerbić</p>
<p>Edited by: Martin Matešić</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Dec 2017 09:21:14 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer Viper & Hummer V2]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/xplorer_viper_and_hummer_eng/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Christmas is coming and you still have no idea which presents to give to your youngest? 
Do not worry, we are here to lessen your struggles.</p> <br>
<p>We present you two newest and most advanced hoverboards on the market: Xplorer Viper and Xplorer Hummer V2 which are very similar to their specifications and it is very difficult to choose between them. Both models are powered by two powerful electric hub motors with the combined power of 700W, and long-lasting Samsung battery cars for high performance.
<br> <br><p>The advantage of both models is our new <strong>Tao-Tao smart app which enables you full control over your hoverboard.</strong></p><br><br><img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/Taotao-App-Hoverboard-Scooter-Motherboard-Main-Control-Board-PCB-App-for-Oxboard-6-5-8-10.jpg" alt="" />  <p><br><br>While hoverboard is connected to the app, various settings can be adjusted, such as speed limit, steering sensitivity, motor power (affects maximum range) or simply choose one of three riding modes: Beginner, Intermediate and Advanced. Also, you can lock your hoverboard with your smartphone. The app itself shows battery percentage and it does it very accurately (note that the battery is considered empty when your smartphone shows 0%), battery temperature, power, speed, and distance traveled, all that data is updated in real time. The app also has GPS  function which shows you your trip on the map and stats: average speed, trip distance, time... It is very similar to fitness tracking apps. Another great function of the app is that it is also a social media platform where you can connect with your friends, organize races, set challenges and share your routes.</p><br>
<p>In order to make your choice easier, we decided to try and test both models. We took both hoverboards, set them on maximum settings and went outside to torture them to the limit. </p> <br>
<iframe width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/8RsPA6edA1c" frameborder="0" gesture="media" allow="encrypted-media" allowfullscreen></iframe>
<p>We tried the <strong>Xplorer Viper</strong> first, it easily attracts views with its modern, sports car design, and it comes in red and black color. It has powerful headlights which provide great visibility which makes it great for riding at night. Viper has large 9“ wheels which are 3.5“ wide. Tires are slick, soft and have a slightly rounded profile to reduce friction on even terrain. Although maximum specified speed is 12 km/h, we were able to reach 18 km/h on asphalt in 3 seconds which we weren't able to achieve with any other hoverboard. The highest obstacle that we were able to overcome was 5 cm high. Offroad terrain rode is very smooth and comfortable thanks to its wide tires.</p> <br> <img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/Viper.jpg" alt="" /> <p> <strong>Xplorer Viper</strong> </p> <br>

<p>Now, it was <strong>Hummer V2</strong>'s turn. Hummer V2 has attractive offroad hoverboard which does not know any limits. This powerful tank comes in matte red and matte black color with color-changing LED backlights and white headlights which provide average visibility of 2 meters ahead at night. Because of its wide and rough 8.5“ tires with deep grooves, the friction is very high which enables Hummer to have a strong grip on offroad surfaces. It showed great on the mud, gravel, grass, snow... Due to high friction, offroad performance was great, but the range and maximum speed suffered a bit.We were able to get 10 km of range, but in our defense, our rider Martin had 90 kilograms and he tortured it to its limits. Maximum speed reached was 17 km/h and the highest obstacle was 5 cm. </p> <br> <img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/0044906_hoverboard-xplorer-hummer-v2-black-8-5-prednaruci-770400071.jpg" alt="" /> <p> <strong> Xplorer Hummer V2 </strong> </p> <br>

<p>Both hoverboards were specially made to provide you the maximum performance through the whole battery range and they use battery's maximum usable capacity and, at the same time, care for the battery to make its life as long as possible. When battery level reaches 2% charge, the hoverboard automatically starts decelerating slowly in order for those remaining 2% to last as long as possible. Other hoverboards simply turn off in that stage, so you surely will not fall off our Hummer and Viper V2. Hoverboards also have a two-stage light signal to let you know that the battery is low: when the battery reaches 2%, battery indicator light starts blinking green and 5 minutes after, it turns solid red and the hoverboard starts beeping to notify you that you have the maximum of 5 more minutes left. 

We hope that we were clearly explained differences between the Viper and Hummer v2 and that each of you, according to your needs, will be able to choose the right hoverboard for them or for their children. </p> <br>

Authors: Jakov Barić, Antonija Jerbić, Martin Matešić


]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Dec 2017 11:16:48 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Xplorer AR console - How to Play]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/ARgun_play_en/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the previous blog we discussed mechanics i.e. explained how Xplorer AR console works and what is it used for. So, enough theory, let’s move on to the practical use. In order to describe the Xplorer AR console in a best possible way, our bloggers Antonija and Martin took them home for testing. Here are their experiences:  </p> <br>

<strong>Antonija: </strong>
 <p>Xplorer Crossfire AR console has arrived. Unboxing and app setup went without a problem. It was time to test Super AR mobile app which contains only single-player games. The app consists of 20 modules or games of which first 12 offer various battles: dinosaurs in the prehistoric era, zombies in archeological ruins, civil war, tank war, planes or spaceships, there is a lot to choose. In remaining 8 modules the battles took action in my living room. Each module has 8 levels, that are easy in the beginning, but later become harder and require certain skills and tactical gameplay.</p>

<p>Firstly I decided to enter the dinosaur era and fight with dinosaurs. After module selection, a short story about player’s mission comes up and the battle begins. In the beginning, I had a simple rifle and in later levels, you will get other weapons such as a machine gun or a mortar. When I started playing, I was sitting in a chair, but the game became so dynamic that in few minutes I ended up flying across my apartment, and I got quite a few awkward stares, but I was so much immersed in the game that I didn’t care. I, who was playing video games around 10 years ago, was so immersed in playing games with AR console that I cleared all 8 levels in one go. It is unbelievably cool.</p>

<p>I needed to try AR games as well. Which game to choose? Although I have the fear of spiders, I decided to try that game first. The story says that these are not regular spiders, but giant mutants. Dinosaurs were gigantic and there was the maximum of 3 at the same time, so I expected something like that, but I got very surprised. About 10 big spiders started running towards me from my kitchen. I was firing at them from my rifle, but their number increased and the rifle became useless. I quickly bought a machine con using coins and it became much easier. In level 1 I destroyed around 100 spiders, not bad! All in all, I expected to examine the AR console, play a few games for around 20 minutes and place it aside, but the AR console simply possessed me. I just couldn't stop playing. It was so fun that I spent at least 5 hours playing. I killed zombies, flew around my apartment, yelled out of excitement when I cleared each level. Usually, I am very skeptic about gadgets and games, but Xplorer AR console changed my mind. It is much better than regular games, I would compare that with the differences between 2D and a 3D movie. There simply exists a new dimension which provides a better feeling of reality and enjoyment in playing games.</p> <br>

<strong>Martin:</strong>
<p>Super AR app offers 20 games of which first 12 take action in the in-game graphics environment and remaining 8 games take action in your surroundings. All games are shooter games, each offers 8 levels which are easy in the beginning, but later increase in difficulty and require speed and skill. In 1st level, you will have only one weapon, other weapons such as machine console, missile launcher laser gun will be unlocked later in the game.</p> <br>

<p>Some of the games are: tank battle, surviving the zombie invasion, battle against dinosaurs, plane battle, space battle with spaceships, battle with robots…</p>

<p>First game that I decided to try was Naval Warfare because I was intrigued by planes. The game takes place over the ocean and the goal is to destroy enemy planes before they destroy you. Planes fly from all directions and attack you with machine guns and bombs. By taking into account that the game was very dynamic and that the enemies are coming from all sides, I flew around and really got immersed in the scene. In the last level, I had to beat the intimidating boss, large scary bomber. It took a while to clear all 8 levels, but the fun didn’t come to an end and I decided to play other games on my phone battery completely drained. Then I was impatiently waiting for my phone to charge so I can pay again.</p> <br>

<p>After a full charge I decided to try few AR games. I will mention a game named Sky Craft. Suddenly my living room became full of asteroids and planes were flying between them and shooting at me. I had some kind of energy weapon which I used to destroy them. In later levels, you will be dealing with big spacecraft that look similar to the X-wing from Star Wars which have much more powerful weapons. I was fascinated by asteroids, they appeared to float in my living room like they were in space. </p> <br>

<p>For the end, I will say few words about Super AR killer app. The setup process is the same as for Super AR app, but this app allows multiplayer gameplay. In order for multiplayer to work, al players have to be connected to the same WiFi network. After you choose which game are you going to play, one should create the “room” so others can join. After everyone joins the game, the fun can begin. There is no better entertainment than playing with friends, imagine yourselves together shooting planes that fly all over the living room or shooting at each other like you are playing paintball or laser tag.</p> <br>

<p>For the first time I experienced wonders of AR technology and I can tell that I am amazed. Rest of the day I spent playing AR games and I remained astonished how a gadget like AR console is able to provide the completely different dimension of gaming. In comparison with gaming consoles and PCs, you can experience challenges in the real world thanks to this gadget and by the way move and develop new skills.</p> <br>

Authors: Antonija Jerbić, Martin Matešić

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Dec 2017 10:49:00 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[E-bikes in cold weather]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/e-bikes_in_winter/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Winter is coming and the temperatures are dropping. The time has come to prepare your e-bike for the colder conditions and snow. Right now, as this blog is being written, the temperature outside is 5°C. Before we start with advice for e-bikes, let me first remind you to always wear warm clothing while riding your e-bike outside in the cold. With that in mind, let's start with the advice on how to use, store and clean your e-bike in cold conditions.</p><br>
<strong>BATTERY</strong><br>
<p>Do not leave your battery outside in the cold. Even more dangerous is to leave it in the rain or snow, because the moisture can do permanent or even terminal damage. While in use, the battery should work fine, but if left in the cold for a long time, it will have a decreased performance and less capacity. Most e-bike batteries are removable, and we advise you to take your battery indoors after use, to recharge if necessary and to keep it safe from the cold.</p><br>
<strong>CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE</strong><br>
<p>We recommend to clean your e-bike often, and after cleaning coat the frame with wax, to protect the paint and to make it easier to clean next time. To remove moisture from difficult to reach places (such as the sprocket, outer casing, inside the fork tubes, ...) you can use WD40 spray. </p>
<p>In normal conditions, the chain would be cleaned once a month, but during winter we recommend cleaning once a week. To do this, use a toothbrush, and just spin the chain a few times to remove all the salt and dirt from the chain.</p>
<p>For the brakes, just use a damp cloth to wipe the discs and the brakes after use, to prevent salt and dirt to freeze to the surface of the brakes and decrease their efficiency.</p>
<p>For everything else, like cables, wires, connectors and other parts, just wipe them with a dry cloth occasionally.</p><br>
<strong>TIRES</strong><br>
<p>If you have an e-bike with wide tires, you are good to go. Wide tires provide better grip and stability during cold weather, and there is no need to do anything else to them. However, most of you probably have normal bike tires, so here is a pro tip to make it easier to ride your e-bike on snow or ice. Buy a pack of zip-ties and evenly place them around your tires and wheel, like in the picture below. This method will give you a much better grip on slippery surfaces, and it lasts for several rides, after which you will need to replace the zip-ties.</p><br>
<br>
<img src="https://www.xplorerlife.com/media/wysiwyg/zip-tie-snow-tires1.jpg" alt="" />
<br>
<br>
Author: Martin Matešić

]]></description>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Dec 2017 11:30:22 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Life with Xplorer Bluetooth headphones]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/bluetoot_headphones/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>I assume that I am not the only one who still uses wired headphones and wonders why am I still using wired headphones while in this time we can find many Bluetooth headphones on the market whether you are looking for sports headphones, high-end HiFi headphones or just budget headphones for listening to music from your phone. </p>
<p>How many times did you get stuck to things with your headphones and how many times did you pull your headphones from your pocket only to find them terribly tangled? You probably felt like you don't want to listen to music at all or you would start untangling them no one knows how many times already. That is exactly how I felt until, for the first time, I bought Xplorer BQ-70 Bluetooth headphones. </p> <br>
<p>Considering their price range, I wasn't expecting too much,  however, these were still budget headphones,  but they looked like great headphones for sports activities such as running and training in the gym. When I unboxed them, the first thing I noticed was the design, I was really satisfied with it, they looked well made which is very important to me. Next thing that I noticed was, obviously, the wire that connects them is quite short and seems unlikely to tangle, yet it is long enough for headphones to fit perfectly into your ears. When I finally plugged them into my ears, I immediately felt how securely they fitted in, they fitted so secure that they could not fall out no matter what I did. </p><br>
<p>Of course, I had to test them myself, so I decided to run to the street workout park in Zaprešić in which I usually train. It usually takes me about 10 minutes of running. While I was running, Xplorer BQ-70 headphones did not fall out of my ears even once and I never had a feeling like they could which made me really happy and it also surprised me because I wanted headphones like these, ones who are good for the sport and everyday activities. While I was running I noticed that the sound quality was fantastic, the bass was strong and the sound itself was very clear. Isolation was also fantastic. That day I performed a high-intensity training in the park, exercises like squats, burpees, pushups, pull-ups and such. Headphones were secure in my ears and I did not have to adjust them during the exercise. Currently, I have them for over a month and I am still very satisfied with them, I still use them in my training sessions and they serve me well, I am not even a tiny bit sorry for buying them. </p> <br>
<p>If you are still thinking whether you should buy Bluetooth headphones or not, my recommendation is that you should definitely try them and I currently recommend <strong>Xplorer BQ-40, BQ-50,</strong> and<strong> BQ-70</strong> models because Xplorer Bluetooth headphones are the first Bluetooth headphones that I bought and used and they fulfilled my expectations. Pricewise, they are not too expensive and I am sure that you will love them and find them useful like they are very useful to me during my everyday activities.<p> <br>

Author: Dominik kosmač
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Nov 2017 14:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Non-Motorized Treadmills Gaining Traction]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/non-motorized-treadmills/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In the 1950s, primitive gym treadmills were not motorized. They depended upon leg power to move the belt. Guess what? Non-motorized treadmills are back and they are popular in high-end gyms and CrossFit competitions. Today's non-motorized treadmills are more high-tech than the originals. People move the belts by moving their feet, but the belt speeds up as the person reaches the top of the treadmill, and slows down when he or she drifts backward. The level of difficulty is about 30 percent greater with non-motorized treadmills at the same relative speed. The belt speeds up or slows down according to the effort of the exerciser, which makes them excellent for high-intensity interval training workouts. They also cut down on injuries: the belt stops when the person stops.</p> 
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2016 16:03:05 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title><![CDATA[Rope Training Is A Vigorous Cardiovascular Exercise]]></title>
      <link>https://www.xplorerlife.com/blog/rope-training/</link>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rope training involves vigorously undulating one or two large ropes using upper body muscles and stabilizing the body with the lower body and core muscles. It is an extremely popular functional training method used frequently in cross training programs such as CrossFit. Charles Fontaine from the University of Minnesota Duluth and Brad Schmidt from Creighton University in Omaha, Nebraska found that a 10-minute rope interval workout (10 sets of 15 seconds rope waving followed by 45 seconds of rest) increased heart rate to 163 beats a minute and metabolic rate 10 times above rest. Rope training is a vigorous functional training method that develops physical fitness.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2016 15:56:16 +0000</pubDate>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
